Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 001-35098

 

 

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   13-4068197

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1601 Cloverfield Blvd.

Santa Monica, California 90404

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (310) 752-0200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
  (NASDAQ Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by a check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of June 30, 2011, the last day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $471,905,914 (based on the closing price for shares of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market for the last business day prior to that date).

On February 28, 2012, 49,409,548 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.0001 par value, were outstanding.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the information called for by Part III of this Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference from the definitive Proxy Statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2011.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page No.  

PART I

  

Item 1.  

Business

     4   
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     17   
Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     32   
Item 2.  

Properties

     32   
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     32   
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     32   

PART II

  

Item 5.  

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     33   
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     35   
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     37   
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     56   
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     57   
Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     92   
Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     92   
Item 9B.  

Other Information

     93   

PART III

  

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     93   
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     94   
Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     94   
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     94   
Item 14.  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     94   

PART IV

  

Item 15.  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     95   
 

Signatures

  

 

2


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS

© Copyright 2011 Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. All rights reserved. “Cornerstone,” “Cornerstone OnDemand,” the Cornerstone OnDemand logo, “CyberU” and other trademarks or service marks of Cornerstone OnDemand appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective holders and should be treated as such.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are any statements that look to future events and consist of, among other things, statements regarding our business strategies; anticipated future operating results and operating expenses; our ability to attract new clients to enter into subscriptions for our solution; our ability to service those clients effectively and induce them to renew and upgrade their deployments of our solution; our ability to expand our sales organization to address effectively the new industries, geographies and types of organizations we intend to target; our ability to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses; market acceptance of enhanced solutions; alternate ways of addressing learning and talent management needs or new technologies generally by us and our competitors; continued acceptance of SaaS as an effective method for delivering learning and talent management solutions and other business management applications; our ability to effectively integrate acquired business or technologies; the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel; our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property; costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims; events in the markets for our solution and alternatives to our solution, as well as in the United States and global markets generally; future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes in our industry; and changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets in which we operate. In addition, forward-looking statements include statements involving trend analyses and statements including such words as “may,” “believe,” “could,” “anticipate,” “would,” “might,” “plan,” “expect,” and similar expressions or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to business and economic risks. As such, our actual results could differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of the factors set forth below in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and in our other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made.

 

Item 1. Business

Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Cornerstone” or the “Company”) was incorporated on May 24, 1999 in the state of Delaware and began its principal operations in November 1999.

Cornerstone is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. As of December 31, 2011, we had 805 clients who use our solution to empower approximately 7.5 million users across 179 countries and 31 languages.

We provide a comprehensive and integrated cloud-based solution that delivers the following benefits:

 

   

Comprehensive Functionality.  We offer a collection of three integrated cloud-based solutions that address all stages of the employee lifecycle. These clouds include the Learning Cloud, Performance Cloud, and the Extended Enterprise Cloud.

 

   

Flexible and Highly Configurable.  Clients can match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution allows our clients to deploy the three cloud-based solutions individually or in any combination.

 

   

Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.  Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.

 

   

Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.  Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting services that are typical of hosted or on-premise software solutions.

 

   

Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.  We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size. We currently support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.  The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, public sector organizations, higher education institutions, and non-profit entities, such as Advantage Sales & Marketing LLC, American International Group, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., McKesson Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Pearson, Inc., Staples, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Teach for America, U.S. Department of the Treasury, and Virgin Media Limited. While most of our deployments encompass most, or even all employees at a given client, some also include the employees of the extended enterprise of that client, such as employees of the client’s customers, vendors and distributors.

We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams throughout North America and Europe and distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource, or HR, services companies. We have a global distributor agreement with ADP, which allows ADP to sell our solution as ADP Talent Management.

We generally sell our solution with three-year, enterprise-wide subscription agreements based on the number of employees. Clients generally are invoiced the consulting fees and the first year of the annual subscription fees upon contract execution. For amounts not invoiced in advance for multi-year subscriptions and consulting services, we invoice under various terms over the subscription period.

We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as described in “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Metrics .” Since 2001, our implied monthly recurring revenue from existing clients has been greater at the end of each year than at the beginning of the year. Our net revenue has grown to $73.0 million in 2011 from $43.7 million in 2010 and from $29.3 million in 2009. Our gross revenue was $75.5 million in 2011, before a $2.5 million reduction of revenue, compared to gross revenue of $46.6 million in 2010, before a $2.9 million reduction of revenue. These reductions in revenue were related to non-cash charges for common stock warrants. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Offsets to Revenue” for additional information about common stock warrants that are accounted for as reductions of revenue.

The Market

Human capital is a major expense for all organizations. Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of December 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people exceeded $9.1 trillion in 2010.

Accordingly, organizations have long sought to optimize their investments in human capital. We believe that organizations face five major challenges in maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital:

 

   

Developing Talent . Effectively orienting new hires and training employees throughout their careers to achieve their full potential, which has become more difficult with the Millennial generation entering the workforce, increasingly distributed workforces and heightened compliance requirements.

 

   

Engaging Employees.  Connecting with employees at all levels and locations of the organization to keep them motivated, which has become increasingly difficult with the rise of globalization and telecommuting.

 

   

Improving Business Execution.  Ensuring the effective alignment of employee behavior with the organization’s objectives through goal management and employee assessment and development, as well as by linking compensation to performance.

 

   

Building a Leadership Pipeline.  Identifying, grooming and retaining individuals for leadership positions at all levels and across all parts of the organization, which has become an acute challenge with the growing mobility and turnover of employees and the impending retirements of the Baby Boomers.

 

   

Integrating with the Extended Enterprise of Customers, Vendors and Distributors.  Delivering training, certification programs and resources to the organization’s network of customers, vendors, distributors and other third parties that constitute the organization’s extended enterprise, which has become more difficult with the rise of outsourcing and increasing globalization.

Until the advent of software technology in the 1970’s, written tracking systems were the only solution available for managing human capital. Software-based solutions such as spreadsheet-based tracking systems, custom-built software applications, third-party human resource information systems and third-party software applications provided by on-premise software vendors gradually became available. We refer to all of these approaches as hosted or on-premise solutions.

 

5


Table of Contents

Recently, software-as-a-service, or SaaS, vendors dedicated to providing learning and talent management software have emerged. We believe that just as organizations are increasingly choosing SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions.

Many of the existing solutions suffer from one or more of the following shortcomings:

 

   

Narrow Functionality.  As they only address specific stages of the employee lifecycle, many solutions lack sufficient breadth of functionality to maximize employee productivity effectively.

 

   

Limited Configurability.  Most solutions are rigid and limit the ability of organizations to match their diverse workflows or to adopt their desired talent management practices.

 

   

Difficult to Use.  Inputting, updating, analyzing and sharing information is often cumbersome, resulting in low employee adoption and usage.

 

   

Costly to Deploy, Maintain and Upgrade.  Hosted or on-premise solutions require significant expense and time to deploy as well as require ongoing costs associated with IT support, network infrastructure, maintenance and upgrades.

 

   

Inability to Scale.  Many solutions are designed to support the needs of smaller organizations and have difficulty meeting the complex functional requirements or the sizeable infrastructure demands of larger enterprises.

Given the limitations of existing offerings, we believe there is a market opportunity for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.

The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer

We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of three integrated clouds for learning management, performance management and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-cloud tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:

 

   

Comprehensive Functionality.  Our solution provides a comprehensive approach to learning and talent management by offering three integrated clouds to address all stages of the employee lifecycle: learning management, performance management and extended enterprise. Employees use our solution throughout their careers to engage in performance processes such as goal management, performance reviews, competency assessments and compensatory reviews; to complete job-specific and compliance-related training; to evaluate potential career changes, development plans or succession processes; and to connect with co-workers by leveraging enterprise social networking tools.

Our clients can manage processes that span different learning and talent management functions because our three clouds are tightly integrated. For example, our clients can automatically identify skill gaps as part of an employee’s performance review, assign training to address those gaps and monitor the results of that training. Also, clients can identify high potential employees for future leadership positions and place them in executive development programs.

We believe our comprehensive, integrated solution allows our clients to align their learning and talent management processes and practices with their broader strategic goals.

 

   

Flexible and Highly Configurable.  Our solution offers substantial configurability that allows our clients to match the use of our software with most of their specific business processes and workflows. Our clients can configure our solution by business unit, division, department, region, location, job position, pay grade, cost center, or self-defined organizational unit. Our clients are able to adjust features to configure specific processes, such as performance review workflows or training approvals, to match their existing or desired practices. This high level of configurability means that custom coding projects generally are not required to meet the diverse needs of our clients.

Our clients can deploy the three clouds individually or in any combination. As a result, our clients have the flexibility to purchase solely those clouds that solve their immediate talent management needs and can incrementally deploy additional clouds in the future as their needs evolve.

 

   

Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.  Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution. This ease of use limits the need for end-user training, which we believe increases user adoption rates and usage. While we typically train administrators, we have never been asked to conduct end-user training.

 

   

Software-as-a-Service Solution Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.  Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware,

 

6


Table of Contents
 

and consulting that are typical of hosted or on-premise solutions. With a single code base to maintain, we are able to release improved functionality on a quarterly basis. This is a more rapid pace than most hosted or on-premise solution providers can afford to deliver.

 

   

Scalable to Meet the Needs of Organizations.  Our solution has been in use by Fortune 100 companies since 2001. While the complex needs of these global corporations required us to build a solution that can scale to support large, geographically-distributed employee bases, our solution is capable of supporting deployments of any size. Today we service 12 multi-national corporations with over 150,000 employees each. Our largest deployment is for over 700 , 000 users and our smallest is for 24 users.

 

   

Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.  We work collaboratively with our clients on an ongoing basis to develop almost every part of our solution. The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to empower people, organizations, and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:

Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.  We believe our existing installed base of clients offers a substantial opportunity for growth.

 

   

Focus on Client Success, Retention and Growth.  We believe focusing on our clients’ success will lead to our own success. We developed a Client Success Framework that governs our operational model. Since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate. We strive to maintain our strong retention rates by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support and increasing functionality.

 

   

Sell Additional Clouds to Existing Clients.  We believe there is a significant growth opportunity in selling additional functionality to our existing clients. Many clients have added functionality subsequent to their initial deployments as they recognize the benefits of our comprehensive solution, and as a result, approximately half of our clients today utilize the equivalent of two or more clouds. Still, we believe significant upsell opportunity remains within our existing client base. Not only do we intend to sell these clients additional clouds and services, but there is also opportunity to sell many of them higher-level packages within the clouds they have already purchased.

Strengthen Current Sales Channels.  We intend to increase our investments in both direct and indirect sales channels to acquire new clients.

 

   

Aggressively Invest in Direct Sales in North America.  We believe that the market for learning and talent management is large and remains significantly underpenetrated. As a result, we plan to continue to grow both our enterprise and mid-market direct sales teams.

 

   

Expand and Strengthen Our Alliances.  We intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including resale agreements with global vendors such as Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and SunGard Higher Education, as well as the continued expansion of our regional relationships with distributors like CDP Group, Limited (China), Ceridian Canada Ltd. (Canada), Comms Learning Limited (United Kingdom), Grupo Datamace (Brazil), Infosys Limited (India), ISQ eLearning (Portugal), Kalleo Learning (South Africa), Logica plc (Europe), Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), Neospheres SAS (France), QA Limited in the United Kingdom, Sage Software, Inc. (North America), T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. (Asia Pacific), Talentech (Israel) and Xchanging HR Services Limited (United Kingdom). We also plan to continue to extend our distribution through ADP by further enabling ADP’s global sales force.

 

   

Significantly Grow Our EMEA Operation.  We believe a substantial opportunity exists to continue to grow sales of our solution internationally, particularly in Europe. We intend to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations, which provide for direct sales, alliances, services and support in the region. We have grown our EMEA client base from 1 client at December 31, 2007 to 175 clients at December 31, 2011.

Target New Markets.  We believe substantial demand for our solution exists in industry sectors and geographic regions that have not been areas of focus to date.

 

   

Public Sector.  We intend to continue to grow our public sector sales operations to target federal, state, and local government opportunities, as well as higher education and K-12 institutions.

 

   

Small- and Medium-Sized Businesses.  We are expanding our ability to service small businesses.

 

   

Asia Pacific.  We expect to build sales and service operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.

 

7


Table of Contents

Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.  We believe we have developed over the last decade a deep understanding of the learning and talent management challenges faced by our clients. We continually collaborate with our clients to build extensive functionality that addresses their specific needs and requests. We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management and client relationships to develop new applications, features and functionality which will enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.

Make Cornerstone Built to Last.  Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to take the same systematic approach in the future.

Acquisitions.  In the future we may seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe will complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities.

We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.

Our Solution

We offer a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that our clients use to develop, connect, evaluate and engage their employees, customers, vendors and distributors. We deliver our SaaS solution on-demand to our clients who access it over the Internet using a standard web browser. We built our solution using a single code base and a multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that we host in our data centers. Our product offering consists of a collection of three integrated clouds for learning management, performance management and extended enterprise. These clouds can be purchased individually, and additional clouds can be added easily. We also offer a number of cross-cloud tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation.

Beginning in early 2012, our product offering is expected to include the Recruiting Cloud. The Recruiting Cloud is currently being developed internally and is aimed to support the modern ways that businesses source, recruit, hire and onboard new employees.

Our Clouds

Cornerstone Learning Cloud.  Our learning management cloud helps clients deliver and manage enterprise training and development programs. It links employee development to other parts of the talent management lifecycle, including performance management and succession planning. Cornerstone Learning supports all forms of training, including instructor-led training, e-learning and virtual classroom sessions. We have made tens of thousands of online training titles from over 15 global e-learning vendors accessible through Cornerstone Learning to help clients reduce overall training expense and cost-effectively migrate to blended learning curricula of online and instructor-led training. Clients use Cornerstone Learning to:

 

   

manage local and global compliance programs, including the tracking of any recurring or non-recurring license, designation, certification, or other compliance-related training and continuing education requirements;

 

   

administer on-boarding programs and orientation for new hires;

 

   

access thousands of e-learning classes from our existing off-the-shelf content providers;

 

   

create, publish and deliver the client’s own proprietary training content with our authoring tools;

 

   

automate the administration of instructor-led training sessions, and launch and track virtual classrooms through integrations with third-party tools like Cisco Webex and Microsoft LiveMeeting;

 

   

deliver sophisticated curricula that can include multiple sequenced parts, multiple types of training and enforcement of pre-requisites and follow-up assignments;

 

   

report on costs, participation levels and evaluations of development programs through permission-based dashboards, standard reports and custom reports; and

 

   

enable enterprise social collaboration through rich user profiles as well as the ability to participate in discussions, send messages, contribute to corporate wikis, author blogs, subscribe to information feeds and download audio and videocasts.

 

8


Table of Contents

Cornerstone Performance Cloud.  Our employee performance management cloud allows clients to direct and measure performance at the individual, departmental and organizational level through ongoing competency management, organizational goal setting, performance appraisal, compensation management and development planning. Performance data can also be used by the Cornerstone Learning cloud to set training priorities and to make informed workforce planning decisions. Clients use Cornerstone Performance to:

 

   

cascade, track and report goals across the organization to improve business execution and proactively manage organizational objectives;

 

   

identify competency and skill gaps within an organization through manager and peer assessments, using either the clients’ own proprietary models or third-party competency models;

 

   

automate the annual and interim review process, benefit from a configurable workflow engine to design review questions and steps, automatically include the reviewee’s individual goals and competencies, provide managers with a comment assistant and calibrate review scores;

 

   

develop a pay-for-performance culture, aligning compensation allocation decisions with actual employee performance and goal achievement;

 

   

allow managers to work with employees to develop personalized development plans or dynamically create individualized development plans based on competency gaps;

 

   

view dashboards or generate reports and meaningful data on every phase of the performance management cycle; and

 

   

make informed decisions about succession planning, potential organizational changes and retention of high-potential employees at all hierarchical levels.

Cornerstone Extended Enterprise Cloud.  Our extended enterprise cloud helps clients extend learning and talent management to their customers, vendors and distributors. Cornerstone Extended Enterprise enables clients to develop new profit centers, increase sales, cut support costs and boost channel productivity. Clients use Cornerstone Extended Enterprise to:

 

   

administer for-profit training programs to their own customers more effectively, providing them with a delivery tool, an automated registration system and e-commerce capabilities;

 

   

improve strategic partner enablement with better training, online best practice centers and more readily-available information on products and services;

 

   

increase customer engagement through social collaboration, virtual communities, educational programs and the enablement of customer-driven product innovation initiatives;

 

   

manage distributor certification programs; and

 

   

deliver training and targeted information to members of trade associations or other member-based organizations.

Cross-Cloud Tools

There are a number of capabilities of our solution that cross all three cloud-based solutions. These include:

 

   

Analytics, Reporting, and Dashboards.  Our solution employs a proprietary reporting engine. In addition to over 110 included standard reports, our solution includes a custom reporting tool that allows clients to create highly specific reports. Our solution also includes dashboard technology to present graphical views of complex data.

 

   

MyTeam.  MyTeam enables managers to access all employee information, development activities, compliance status, performance data, succession plans, social collaboration updates and action items for team members from a single, highly graphical view. Managers may view information for their direct reporting employees or other employees in their organization.

 

   

Talent Profiles.  Managers can access integrated Talent Profiles to review key employee data in several locations across our solution. Talent Profiles function as employee identification cards, detailing user record information, performance ratings, succession management data, enterprise social collaboration activity and informal manager comments. These profiles are available throughout our solution where quick access to information is desired, including in performance reviews, organizational charts, succession plans, compensation plans and user record editing.

 

   

On-Boarding.  Our on-boarding solution enables organizations to reduce time-to-productivity for new hires by integrating employees into their new environments more quickly and thoroughly. Organizations are able to assign new hire curricula and compliance training dynamically, inserting new employees into performance management processes, managing routine new hire paperwork, and engaging employees through online social collaboration communities, which can be organized by functional area or business unit.

 

   

E-Learning Content Aggregation.  We have entered into distributor relationships with many off-the-shelf e-learning content vendors. This enables us to provide access to tens of thousands of e-learning classes for distribution across our solution. E-learning, like other forms of training, can be delivered in conjunction with development plans, competency assessments, succession planning scenarios, talent pools and career path exploration.

 

9


Table of Contents

Packages

Each of our three integrated clouds is available in the following four packages, depending on the specific functionality required by a client (in order from least to greatest amount of functionality): Group, Professional, Enterprise, and Total. We believe these packages allow us to sell our solution in a simpler and more consistent manner, while giving us the flexibility to address the specific needs of each client.

Consulting Services

We offer comprehensive services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation of our solution and to optimize our clients’ use of our solution during the terms of their engagements. Our consulting services are offered on a time-and-material basis at a blended hourly rate for all services or at fixed fees.

With our SaaS model, we have eliminated the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as customizing software code, deploying equipment or maintaining unique delivery models or hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we typically deploy our solution in significantly less time than required for similar deployments of hosted or on-premise software. Our consulting services include:

 

   

Implementation Services. We deploy our solution to clients through a documented process of discovery, design, and configuration. Most enterprise implementations require services for systems integration, data loading, and software configuration, as well as support with change management. For small and mid-sized clients, our solution can be implemented in a matter of weeks. For larger enterprise enterprises, implementation typically takes three to four months.

 

   

Integration Services. We provide a range of services and self-service tools to load data into a client’s portal and to integrate our solution with our client’s existing systems. Integration services include data feeds to and from HR information systems and enterprise resource planning systems, single sign on, historical data loads and integration of proprietary content.

 

   

Content Services. We offer e-learning content consulting services, including training needs analysis, content selection and curriculum design. In addition, we help clients manage their e-learning vendors, and we maintain an aggregated library of third-party online training classes in support of our clients.

 

   

Business Consulting Services. We provide business consulting services for existing and prospective clients, such as business process mapping, guidance on industry best practices and project management services. We expect to add additional business consulting services in the future based on client demand.

 

   

Educational Services. We provide product training to our clients during implementations and on an ongoing basis. We offer multiple forms of training, including custom classroom training, virtual instructor-led training, and asynchronous online training. Our training covers all aspects of administering and managing our solution. In addition, our Educational Services team offers live coaching and custom content development support for clients.

Account Services

We are dedicated to the success of our clients. We have developed a Client Success Framework which governs our operational model, the structure of our Account Services team and the types of services necessary at each stage of a client’s lifecycle.

Within this framework, we have developed the roles with primary responsibility to our clients at various levels of their organization:

 

   

Account Managers who interact with executive-level sponsors at a client and are focused on the overall relationship, sales to existing clients and client business concerns;

 

   

Client Success Managers who work directly with clients to maximize the value of their investment in our solution; and

 

   

Client Care Advisors who interact with client administrators and are focused on features and functions of our solution.

 

10


Table of Contents

We believe this lifecycle-driven approach to client support and client success has contributed directly to our high client retention rate and high rankings for client satisfaction in independent research studies.

We offer support in multiple languages, at multiple levels, and through multiple channels, including global support coverage available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We use our own enterprise social collaboration product to provide our clients and distributors with a virtual community to collaborate on product design, release management and best practices.

We monitor client satisfaction internally as part of formalized programs and at regular intervals during the client lifecycle, including during the transition from sales to implementation, at the completion of a consulting project and daily based on interactions with the Account Services team.

Our Customers

As of December 31, 2011, we had 805 clients with approximately 7.5 million registered users in 179 countries. Our clients represent a variety of different industries including business services, financial services, insurance, non-profits, retail and travel, education and publishing, healthcare, media and communications, the public sector and technology. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenues in 2011, 2010, or 2009. Some of our significant clients across a variety of different industries include:

Business Services

Advantage Sales & Marketing, LLC

ADP, Inc.

Kelly Services, Inc.

Financial Services

Barclays Bank PLC

Deustche Bank AG

Société Générale

Food & Restaurants

Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc.

The Cheesecake Factory, Inc.

Insurance

American International Group, Inc.

Liberty Mutual Insurance Company

RSA Insurance Group plc

Non-Profits

Feeding America

KIPP Foundation

Teach for America

Retail

Staples, Inc.

True Value Company

United Supermarkets, Ltd.

Education & Publishing

Bright Horizons Family Solutions

Kaplan Higher Education Corporation

Pearson, Inc.

Healthcare

BJC HealthCare

McKesson Corporation

Sanford Health

Media & Communications

EchoStar Corporation

Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.

Virgin Media Limited

 

11


Table of Contents

Public Sector

California Chamber of Commerce

State of Nebraska

U.S. Department of the Treasury

Technology

BMC Software, Inc.

Microsoft Corporation

Trend Micro, Inc.

Travel

Hyatt Hotels Corporation

Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.

Vail Resorts, Inc.

Technology, Operations and Development

Technology

We designed our SaaS solution since inception with an on-demand architecture which our clients access via a standard web browser. From time to time, we may maintain a marginally divergent version for a strategic client for a limited period of time, solely for our convenience. Our solution uses a single code base, with all of our clients running on the current version of our solution. Our solution has been specifically built to deliver:

 

   

a consistent, intuitive end-user experience to limit the need for product training and to encourage high levels of end-user adoption and engagement;

 

   

modularity and flexibility, by allowing our clients to activate and implement virtually any combination of the features we offer;

 

   

high levels of configurability to enable our clients to mimic their existing business processes, workflows, and organizational hierarchies within our solution;

 

   

web services to facilitate the importing and exporting of data to and from other client systems, such as enterprise resource planning and human resource information system platforms;

 

   

scalability to match the needs of the largest global enterprises and to meet future client growth; and

 

   

rigorous security standards and high levels of system performance and availability demanded by our clients.

Our solution offers a localized user interface and currency conversion capabilities. It is currently available in the following languages: English (US), English (United Kingdom), English (Australia), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Latin America), Portuguese (Portugal), Portuguese (Brazil), French (France), French (Canada), Italian, German, Dutch, Russian, Chinese Simplified, Chinese Traditional (Hong Kong), Thai, Japanese, Turkish, Czech, Danish, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Swedish, Korean, Greek, Bulgarian, Ukrainian, Romanian, and Bahasa.

Our solution is deployed using a multi-tenant and multi-user architecture, which provides our enterprise clients with their own instance of a database. We employ a modularized architecture to balance the load of clients on separate sub-environments, as well as to provide a flexible method for scalability without impacting other parts of the current environment. This architecture allows us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our clients. Our existing infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and future needs.

Security is of paramount importance to us due to the sensitive nature of employee data. We designed our solution to meet rigorous industry security standards and to assure clients that their sensitive data is protected across the system. We ensure high levels of security by segregating each client’s data from the data of other clients and by enforcing a consistent approach to roles and rights within the system. These restrictions limit system access to only those individuals authorized by our clients. We also employ multiple standard technologies, protocols and processes to monitor, test and certify the security of our infrastructure continuously, including periodic security audits and penetration tests conducted by our clients and third parties.

We are standardized on Microsoft .NET technologies and write the majority of our software in industry-standard software programming languages, such as C#. We use Web 2.0 technologies, such as AJAX, extensively to enhance the usability, performance, and overall user experience of our solution. Microsoft SQL Server is deployed for our relational database management system. Apart from these and other third-party components, our entire learning and talent management solution has been specifically built and upgraded by our in-house development team. We have not acquired or integrated any other third-party technology as the basis of any of our clouds.

 

12


Table of Contents

Operations

We physically host our on-demand solution for our clients in two secure third-party data center facilities, one located in El Segundo, California and the other located in London, United Kingdom. Both facilities are leased from Equinix, Inc. These facilities provide both physical security, including manned security 365 days a year, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls.

Our infrastructure includes firewalls, switches, routers, load balancers, and IDS/IPS from Cisco Systems to provide the networking infrastructure and high levels of security for the environment. We use IBM Blade Center servers and rack-mounted servers to run our solution and Akamai Technologies’ Global Network of Edge Servers for content caching. We use storage area network (SAN) hardware from EMC and HP at our data center. These SAN systems have been architected for high performance and data-loss protection, and we believe these systems have the capacity and scalability to enable us to grow for the foreseeable future.

Research and Development

The responsibilities of our research and development organization include product management, product development, quality assurance and technology operations. Our research and development organization is located primarily in our Santa Monica, California headquarters. We also employ a small, full-time team of quality assurance analysts and engineers in our Mumbai, India office. These employees are primarily responsible for patch and regression testing. Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to release new and enhanced software features on a quarterly or more frequent basis. We follow a well-defined communications process to support our clients with release management. We patch our software on a bi-weekly basis. Based on feedback from our clients and prospects, we continuously develop new functionality while enhancing and maintaining our existing solution. We do not need to maintain multiple engineering teams to support different versions of the code because all of our clients are running on the current version of our solution.

Our research and development expenses were $10.1 million in 2011, $5.6 million in 2010, and $2.8 million in 2009.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our solution and services both directly through our sales force in North America and Europe, and indirectly through our domestic and international network of distributors. We currently service clients in a wide range of industries with specific focus on business services, financial services, healthcare, insurance, manufacturing, retail, and high technology. We have a number of direct sales teams organized by market segment and geography, as follows:

 

   

Enterprise.  Our enterprise sales team focuses on the sale to large enterprises with greater than 3,000 employees. This team is composed primarily of experienced solution sales executives, with an average tenure of 17 years in sales. We intend to continue to grow this team.

 

   

Mid-Market.  Our mid-market sales team sells to organizations with less than 3,000 employees. This team is composed primarily of experienced sales individuals, with an average tenure of 10 years in sales. We plan to grow this team with the addition of regional sales people throughout the U.S.

 

   

EMEA.  We have both enterprise and mid-market sales professionals based in core European markets, and we intend to add additional sales personnel throughout Europe.

 

   

Strategic Accounts.  We have a small strategic account team focused on the sale to large multi-national corporations.

 

   

Public Sector.  Our public sector sales team targets federal, state & local government, as well as K-12 and higher education institutions. We recently formed this team, and we plan to grow it in the near term.

 

   

SMB.  Our SMB sales team targets small businesses. We recently formed this team, and we plan to grow it in the near term.

Our direct sales team is supported by product specialists who provide technical and product expertise to facilitate the sales process. Our sales enablement professionals provide onboarding and ongoing professional development for the sales professionals to increase their effectiveness at selling in the field. We also maintain a separate team of account managers responsible for renewals and up-sales to existing clients, as described above.

 

13


Table of Contents

Marketing

We manage demand generation programs, develop sales pipelines and enhance brand awareness through our marketing initiatives. Our marketing programs target HR executives, technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing initiatives include:

 

   

Demand Generation.  Our demand generation activities include lead generation through email and direct mail campaigns, participation in industry events, securing event speaking opportunities, online marketing and search marketing.

 

   

Client and Distributor Marketing.  We market to our clients, including demand generation for additional sales opportunities, hosting of regional client user group meetings, and hosting of our annual Cornerstone Convergence global user conference. We also co-market with our strategic distributors, with programs including joint press announcements and demand generation activities.

 

   

Marketing Communications. We undertake product marketing, media relations, corporate communications and analyst relations activities.

 

   

Regional Account Development. We telemarket to, and prospect for, target accounts.

Strategic Relationships

We have entered into alliance agreements in order to expand our capabilities and geographic presence and provide our clients with access to specific types of content.

Outsourcing and Distribution Relationships

Following a highly competitive evaluation process, ADP selected us in 2009 as the provider of their learning and talent management solution. ADP resells our solution globally as ADP Talent Management through a five-year distributor agreement. We view this strategic selection by ADP as validation by one of the world’s largest HR services companies of our approach to integrated talent management.

We also have developed a network of relationships with outsourcing, distribution, and referral partners to expand our reach and provide product and services sales through indirect channels. These include resale agreements with global vendors such as Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. and SunGard Higher Education, as well as regional distributors such as CDP Group, Limited in China, Ceridian Canada Ltd. in Canada, Comms Learning Limited in the United Kingdom, Grupo Datamace in Brazil, Infosys Limited in India, ISQ eLearning in Portugal, Kalleo Learning in South Africa, Logica plc in Europe, Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. in Mexico, Neospheres SAS in France, QA Limited in the United Kingdom, Sage Software, Inc. in North America, T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. in Asia Pacific, Talentech Ltd. in Israel, and Xchanging HR Services Limited in the United Kingdom. We expect to continue to add distributors to build our sales presence in certain geographic and vertical markets.

Consulting and Services Relationships

We have entered into alliance relationships with HR consulting firms to deliver consulting services, such as implementation and content development services, to clients.

Content and Product Relationships

We have developed distributor agreements with a wide range of vendors which provide off-the-shelf e-learning content and custom learning content development services. Through this network, we are able to offer an extensive library of online training content to our clients through our solution. Our content distributors for e-learning content include industry leaders as well as regional and vertically-focused online training providers. In addition, we have agreements with providers of specific competency models for use by our clients directly in our solution.

Competition

The market for learning and talent management software specifically, and for human resource technology generally, is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. This market is subject to changing technology, shifting client needs and frequent introductions of new products and services.

Most of our sales efforts are competitive, often involving requests for proposals, or RFPs. We compete primarily on the basis of providing a comprehensive, fully integrated solution for learning and talent management as opposed to specific service offerings.

 

14


Table of Contents

In the learning management systems segment, our competitors include Saba Software and SumTotal Systems. Most of our competitors in this segment have multiple versions of hosted or on-premise software, whereas we offer a single version of our SaaS solution. In this segment, we compete primarily based on:

 

   

total cost of ownership and implementation times;

 

   

our comprehensive approach to client service and focus on client success;

 

   

the ease of use of our solution and overall user experience;

 

   

the breadth of our solution to meet our clients’ current and evolving needs;

 

   

our ability to provide scalability and flexibility for large and complex global deployments;

 

   

our integration with third-party e-learning providers domestically and internationally; and

 

   

our ability to serve the extended enterprise of our clients’ partners, distributors, contractors, alumni, members, volunteers and customers.

In the employee performance management systems segment, our competitors include Halogen Software, Peoplefluent, Lumesse and SuccessFactors, which was acquired by SAP America, Inc. in February 2012. These vendors are, like us, largely SaaS providers. We compete in this segment primarily on the basis of:

 

   

the criticality of learning and development to an effective performance management program, relying on our strengths in both learning and performance management;

 

   

the quality of our service and focus on client success;

 

   

the breadth and depth of our product functionality;

 

   

the flexibility and configurability of our software to meet the changing content and workflow requirements of our clients’ business units;

 

   

the level of integration, configurability, security, scalability and reliability of our solution;

 

   

our vision of integrated learning and talent management, combined with our ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; and

 

   

the demonstrable benefits and positive business impact our clients have experienced.

In addition, we compete with talent management solutions like Jive Software and Taleo, which Oracle Corporation announced its intention to acquire in February 2012, that focus on specific aspects of talent management, such as social networking or applicant tracking. Most of our clients are seeking a broader talent management solution, but may combine our solution with a niche solution, such as one for applicant tracking.

We also compete with Oracle and SAP, though most of our enterprise clients have us integrate with their implementations of those enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. Relative to these ERP vendors, we compete on the basis of the breadth and depth of our solution in the area of learning and talent management and the ease of use of our solution. In December 2011, SAP America, Inc. acquired SuccessFactors, one of our competitors; in addition, in February 2012, Oracle Corporation announced its intention to acquire Taleo Corporation, another one of our competitors.

Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and larger marketing budgets. For additional information, see “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed ” and “ Risk Factors—Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.”

Government Contracts

Many of our contracts with government agencies are subject to termination at the election of the government agency. While none of our government contracts provide for renegotiation of profits at the election of the Government, it is possible that the government agency could request, and that we could under certain circumstances agree to, the renegotiation of the payments otherwise payable under such contracts. However, we have not in the past renegotiated significant payment terms under our government contracts. For additional information, see “ Risk Factors—We face risks associated with our sales to governmental entities.”

The Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation

To demonstrate our commitment to empowering people and communities, we formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, or the Foundation, in 2010. The Foundation seeks to empower communities in the United States and internationally by increasing the impact of the non-profit sector through the utilization of our learning and talent management solution and strategies.

 

15


Table of Contents

The Foundation focuses its efforts on the areas of education, workforce development and disaster relief. We have enlisted the help of our employees, clients and distributors to support the Foundation in its efforts. The Foundation is designed to be self-sustaining over time through a variety of ongoing funding streams, such as donations, sponsorships and distribution fees. The Foundation will offer a number of programs to support the non-profit sector, including:

 

   

Non-Profit Program.  The Foundation will offer non-profit clients our solution and services at a discount, in certain cases of up to 100%. We currently have direct agreements providing similar pricing with non-profit clients that we intend to transfer to the Foundation, including:

 

Education

  

Workforce Development

  

Disaster Relief

KIPP

   Goodwill    Feeding America

New Leaders

   United Way    Oxfam

Teach for America

   Women for Women International    Save the Children

 

   

HR Pro Bono Corps.  In our experience, non-profits often lack the capacity or HR resources to invest in the training and development of their employees and volunteers. In response, the Foundation formed an HR Pro Bono Corps in order to match non-profits in need of human capital management related to consulting with HR professionals from our global client base who are willing to consult on a voluntary basis.

 

   

Gift of Learning. This program will offer non-profits the unique opportunity to access online training and development at no cost. Most non-profit organizations lack the resources and the capacity to consistently and effectively invest in their people. Through the Gift of Learning, the Foundation will donate thousands of hours of e-learning content annually to non-profits domestically and abroad. Non-profit beneficiaries can choose up to five individuals in their organization, which can be employees, volunteers or clients, to access the Gift of Learning library which contains over 100 e-learning courses on a wide variety of topics including courses on leadership development, effective communication skills, project management, and desktop products.

 

   

Strategic Initiatives.  In addition to its support of individual non-profits, the Foundation seeks to improve the sector at large by incubating and implementing strategic initiatives that address a critical market need. The Foundation is working on creating strategic initiatives around the areas of volunteer management, teacher empowerment and disaster preparedness and response. Specifically, the Foundation is working with our non-profit clients and other clients to help us develop a volunteer management solution to meet the needs of both the non-profits using volunteers and the organizations supplying them. This solution is expected to be released during the first quarter of 2012. The Foundation is also currently engaged with its K-12 partners to help us in the development of a teacher empowerment solution for identifying, engaging and empowering the current and next generation of leaders, who will be a critical force in driving education reform efforts nationwide. The disaster ready initiative is an ambitious effort which leverages the capabilities of our learning and talent management solution to create a centralized portal to provide emergency responders and volunteers with daily access to on-line content and training specific to disaster preparedness and response. As part of this initiative, the Foundation expects to contract directly with content providers to develop specific e-learning courses, as well as work with current clients who will volunteer their time to develop robust and relevant e-learning specific to this sector, thereby dramatically improving the availability and delivery of training for aid workers world-wide and addressing a significant challenge facing the humanitarian relief field.

We are currently finalizing the terms of our relationship with the Foundation.

Proprietary Rights

To safeguard our proprietary and intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions, and on contractual restrictions. Our key assets include our software code and associated proprietary and intellectual property rights, in particular the trade secrets and know-how associated with our learning and talent management solution which we developed internally over the years. We were issued a patent for our software in 2003 which expires in 2021, we own registered trademarks and we will continue to evaluate the need for additional patents and trademarks. We have confidentiality and license agreements with employees, contractors, clients, distributors and other third parties, which limit access to and use of our proprietary information and software.

Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, creation of new modules, features, and functionality, collaboration with our clients, and frequent enhancements to our solution are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain portions of our product. Competitors may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or

 

16


Table of Contents

third parties could occur. Laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized uses of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may increase as our company continues to expand outside of the United States.

Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve, and overlap with other industry segments. Current and future competitors, as well as non-practicing patent holders, could claim at any time that some or all of our software infringes on patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future.

Seasonality

Our sales are seasonal in nature. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, we sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and with respect to each quarter, often the last two weeks of the quarter. We believe this seasonality is driven by several factors, most notably the tendency of procurement departments at our clients to purchase technology at the end of a quarter or calendar year, possibly in order to use up their available quarterly or annual funding allocations, or to be able to deploy new talent management capabilities prior to the beginning of a new financial or performance period. As the terms of most of our client agreements are measured in full year increments, agreements initially entered into the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years.

Business Segment and Geographical Information

We operate in a single operating segment. For geographic financial information, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had 507 employees, which is a 55% increase from 327 employees at December 31, 2010. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Internally, we strive to empower our people by using our solution to on-board, develop, connect, align, assess, retain and promote our own employees.

Additional Information

Our Internet address is www.cornerstoneondemand.com. We make available through our Internet Web site our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

The SEC maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The public also may read and copy these filings at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about this Public Reference Room is available by calling (800) SEC-0330.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also impair our business operations. Please see Item 1. Business—Forward Looking Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the forward-looking statements that are qualified by these risk factors. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risk factors actually occurs, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred losses since our inception. We experienced net losses of $63.9 million, $48.4 million, and $8.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011, our accumulated deficit was $164.7 million and total stockholders’ equity was $62.5 million. We expect to continue to incur operating losses as a result of expenses associated with the continued development and expansion of our business. Our expenses include sales and marketing, research and development and other costs relating to the

 

17


Table of Contents

development, marketing and sale of our solution and consulting services that may not generate revenue until later periods, if at all. Any failure to increase revenue or manage our cost structure as we implement initiatives to grow our business could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability is subject to a number of the risks and uncertainties discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our clients. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on demand for enterprise application software and services generally and for learning and talent management solutions in particular. We sell our solution primarily to large and mid-sized organizations whose businesses fluctuate based on general economic and business conditions. In addition, a portion of our revenue is attributable to the number of users of our solution at each of our clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of our clients and potential clients. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their headcount, demand for our solution may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in spending on information technology and learning and talent management solutions as well as pressure for extended billing terms, as occurred during the recent recession. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their information technology and learning and talent management budgets by deferring or reconsidering product purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and, therefore, unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations.

We plan our expenses based on certain assumptions about the length and variability of our sales cycle. If our sales cycle becomes longer or more variable, our results may be adversely affected. Our sales cycle generally varies in duration between two to nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential client. Factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

   

the need to educate potential clients about the uses and benefits of our solution;

 

   

the relatively long duration of the commitment clients make in their agreements with us;

 

   

the discretionary nature of potential clients’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

   

the competitive nature of potential clients’ evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

   

evolving functionality demands of potential clients;

 

   

fluctuations in the learning and talent management needs of potential clients;

 

   

announcements or planned introductions of new products by us or our competitors; and

 

   

lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential clients.

The fluctuations that result from the length and variability of our sales cycle may be magnified by our focus on sales to large and mid-sized organizations. If we are unable to close an expected significant transaction with one or more of these companies in a particular period, or if an expected transaction is delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, including invoicing terms, some of which may be beyond our control.

There are a number of other factors that may cause our financial results to fluctuate from period to period, including:

 

   

the extent to which new clients are attracted to our solution to satisfy their learning and talent management needs;

 

   

the timing and rate at which we sign agreements with new clients;

 

   

the extent to which we retain existing clients and satisfy their requirements;

 

   

the extent to which existing clients renew their subscriptions to our solution and the timing of those renewals;

 

   

the extent to which existing clients purchase or discontinue the use of additional clouds and add or decrease the number of users;

 

   

the addition or loss of large clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

 

   

the number and size of new clients, as compared to the number and size of renewal clients in a particular period;

 

   

the mix of clients between small, mid-sized and large organizations;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

changes in billing cycles and the size of advance payments relative to overall contract value in client agreements;

 

   

seasonal factors affecting demand for our solution or potential clients’ purchasing decisions;

 

   

the financial condition and creditworthiness of our clients;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

   

the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us;

 

   

the timing and success of current and new competitive products and services by our competitors;

 

   

other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, clients or strategic partners;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our solution;

 

   

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including in terms of additional clients, incremental users and new geographic regions;

 

   

expenses related to our data centers and the expansion of such data centers;

 

   

the effects of, and expenses associated with, acquisitions of third-party technologies or businesses and any potential future charges for impairment of goodwill resulting from those acquisitions;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

various factors related to disruptions in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, defects in our solution, privacy and data security, and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors.

In light of the foregoing factors, we believe that our financial results, including our revenue and deferred revenue levels, may vary significantly from period-to-period. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.

The forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in the SaaS market or learning and talent management market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our businesses at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties.

Our business depends substantially on clients renewing their agreements and purchasing additional clouds from us or adding additional users. Any decline in our client renewals or purchases of additional clouds or additional users would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our clients renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and also purchase additional clouds or add additional users. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial subscription period, and we cannot assure you that clients will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. In the past, some of our clients have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Moreover, certain of our clients have the right to cancel their agreements for convenience, subject to certain notice requirements and, in some cases, early termination fees. Our clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution, pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our client base, reduced hiring by our clients or reductions in our clients’ spending levels. If our clients do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms, fail to purchase additional clouds, or fail to add new users, our revenue may decline, and our operating results may be harmed.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for learning and talent management software is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, much longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do, and, with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will be harmed. Some of our principal

 

19


Table of Contents

competitors offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Similarly, some competitors offer different billing terms, which has resulted in pressures on our billing terms. If we are unable to maintain our pricing levels and our billing terms, our operating results would be negatively impacted. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solution to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

We face competition from paper-based processes and desktop software tools. We also face competition from custom-built software that is designed to support the needs of a single organization, as well as from third-party human resource application providers. These software vendors include, without limitation, Halogen Software, Inc., Jive Software, Inc., Oracle Corporation, Taleo Corporation, which Oracle Corporation announced its intention to acquire in February 2012, Saba Software, Inc., SAP AG, SuccessFactors, Inc., which was acquired by SAP America, Inc. in February 2012, StepStone ASA (a subsidiary of Axel Springer AG), SumTotal Systems, Inc., and Softscape, Inc. (a subsidiary of SumTotal Systems, Inc.).

Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger client bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and distributors. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle human resource products or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale. In addition, some competitors may offer software that addresses one, or a limited number, of learning or talent management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solution. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. Further, some potential clients, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge, acquire or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. For example, in February 2012, SAP America, Inc. acquired SuccessFactors, one of our competitors; in addition, in February 2012, Oracle Corporation announced its intention to acquire Taleo Corporation, another one of our competitors. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic distributors, systems integrators, payroll services companies, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solution and limiting the number of consultants available to implement our solution. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.

Our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change. If we fail to effectively manage such growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from 327 employees on December 31, 2010 to 507 employees on December 31, 2011. In addition, we have established offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel, Spain and India, and we may continue to expand our international operations into other countries in the future. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our SaaS hosting infrastructure supports. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to client success that has been central to our growth so far. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solution may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract clients.

For a detailed discussion of the risks related to our ability to expand our business internationally, manage growth in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, and expand parts of our organization to implement improved operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems, see the following risk factors “ —We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect ” and “ —As a newly public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is ineffective, our financial reporting may not be accurate, complete and timely, and our auditors may be unable to attest to its effectiveness when required, thus adversely affecting investor confidence in our company.”

 

20


Table of Contents

As a newly public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is ineffective, our financial reporting may not be accurate, complete and timely, and our auditors may be unable to attest to its effectiveness when required, thus adversely affecting investor confidence in our company.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ending December 31, 2012 and in each year thereafter. Our auditors may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These assessments will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling our system of internal control over financial reporting and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may discover, and may not be able to remediate, future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, nor be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Failure of our internal control over financial reporting to be effective could cause our financial reporting to be inaccurate, incomplete or delayed. Moreover, even if no inaccuracy, incompletion or delay of reporting results, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert, and our auditors will be unable to affirm, that our internal control is effective, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Our systems collect, access, use and store personal and other client proprietary information. As a result, we are subject to security risks and are required to invest significant resources to prevent or correct problems caused by security breaches. If a security breach occurs, our reputation could be harmed, our business may suffer, and we could incur significant liability.

Our learning and talent management solution involves the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary and confidential information over the Internet (including public networks), and security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of this information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. In addition, errors in the storage or transmission of such information could compromise the security of that information. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to client data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in compromises or breaches of our security systems and the data stored in these systems. Because there is a time lag associated with developing adequate protections against such new developments and techniques, unauthorized access or sabotage of our systems and the information processed in connection with our business may result. If an actual or perceived security breach occurs, the market perception of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients. Any violations of privacy or information security could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition, including our ability to make required reporting and disclosures as a public company. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, our clients and potential clients may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing clients or attract new ones.

Any significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure could harm our reputation, require us to provide credits or refunds, result in early termination of a client agreement or a loss of clients, and adversely affect our business.

Our SaaS hosting network infrastructure is a critical part of our business operations. Our clients access our learning and talent management solution through a standard web browser. Our clients depend on us for fast and reliable access to our solution. Our software is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering and software development teams for the continued performance of our solution. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions in our computing and communications infrastructure. Factors that may cause such disruptions include:

 

   

human error;

 

   

security breaches;

 

   

telecommunications outages from third-party providers;

 

   

computer viruses;

 

   

acts of terrorism, sabotage or other intentional acts of vandalism, including cyber attacks;

 

   

unforeseen interruption or damages experienced in moving hardware to a new location;

 

   

fire, earthquake, flood and other natural disasters; and

 

   

power loss.

Although we generally back up our client databases hourly and store our data in more than one geographically distinct location at least weekly, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Thus, in the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our computing infrastructure, client data from recent transactions may be permanently lost or otherwise compromised. Moreover, some of our agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits, or refunds or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure or other technical problems that relate to the functionality or design of our solution.

 

21


Table of Contents

We rely on third-party computer hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.

We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from third parties in order to deliver our solution. This hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in our ability to provide our solution until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our solution could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could harm our business. In addition, we completed the transition of our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed, co-location facilities in 2011. If our co-location facilities do not scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a fully managed third-party environment, our business may be negatively impacted.

Defects in our solution could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution and related services.

Defects in our solution could adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution in the future. The costs incurred in correcting any solution defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we continually test our solution for defects and work with clients through our client support organization to identify and correct errors, defects in our solution are likely to occur in the future. Any defects that cause interruptions to the availability of our solution could result in:

 

   

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our solution;

 

   

early termination of client agreements or loss of clients;

 

   

credits or refunds to clients;

 

   

product liability suits against us;

 

   

diversion of development resources;

 

   

injury to our reputation; and

 

   

increased maintenance and warranty costs.

While our client agreements typically contain limitations and disclaimers that purport to limit our liability for damages related to defects in our solution, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforced by a court or other tribunal or otherwise effectively protect us from such claims.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

In the future, we may seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are ultimately consummated.

We do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We may also not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

harm to our existing relationships with distributors and clients as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the potential loss of key employees;

 

   

the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

   

the use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on various third-party relationships in order to grow our business. In addition to growing our indirect sales channels, we intend to pursue additional relationships with other third parties, such as technology and content providers and implementation consultants. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with third parties require significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology. Our agreements with distributors and providers of technology, content and consulting services are typically non-exclusive, do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services and generally do not have minimum purchase commitments. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our solution. In addition, these distributors and providers may not perform as expected under our agreements, and we have had, and may in the future have, disagreements or disputes with such distributors and providers, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation. A global economic slowdown could also adversely affect the businesses of our distributors, and it is possible that they may not be able to devote the resources we expect to the relationship.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, including our relationship with ADP, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.

Failure to effectively expand our direct sales teams and develop and expand our indirect sales channel will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to grow our client base and our business. We plan to significantly expand our direct sales teams and engage additional third-party distributors, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training these people and entities will require significant time, expense and attention. Our business will be seriously harmed and our financial resources will be wasted if our efforts to expand our direct and indirect sales channels do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if our new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to significantly increase our revenue and grow our business.

If we fail to retain key employees and recruit qualified technical and sales personnel, our business could be harmed.

We believe that our success depends on the continued employment of our senior management and other key employees, such as our chief executive officer. In addition, because our future success is dependent on our ability to continue to enhance and introduce new software and services, we are heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified engineers with the requisite education, background and industry experience. As we expand our business, our continued success will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales, marketing and operational personnel capable of supporting a larger and more diverse client base. The loss of the services of a significant number of our engineers or sales people could be disruptive to our development efforts or business relationships. In addition, if any of our key employees joins a competitor or decides to otherwise compete with us, we may experience a material disruption of our operations and development plans, which may cause us to lose clients or increase operating expenses as the attention of our remaining senior managers is diverted to recruit replacements for the departed key employees.

In cases where we are asked by clients to deploy our solution on their behalf, failure to effectively manage such client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could adversely impact our business.

Clients have the option of implementing our solution themselves or relying on us to do so on their behalf. In cases where we are asked to deploy our solution for a client, we need to have a substantial understanding of such client’s business so that we can configure our solution in a manner that complements its existing business processes and integrates our solution into its existing systems. It may be difficult for us to manage the timeliness of these deployments and the allocation of personnel and resources by us or our clients. In certain situations, we also work with third-party service providers in the deployment of our solution, and we may experience difficulties managing such third parties. Failure to successfully manage client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients, face potential client disputes or limit the rate at which new clients purchase our solution.

 

23


Table of Contents

Because we recognize revenue from client subscriptions over the term of the agreement, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from subscription agreements monthly over the terms of these agreements, which is typically three years. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from client agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not impact our financial performance in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. If a number of contracts expire and are not renewed in the same quarter, our revenue will decline significantly in that quarter and subsequent quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our fixed costs in response to reduced revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solution may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and a significant portion of these agreements are signed during the last month, and with respect to each quarter, often the last two weeks, of the quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this seasonality to continue, or possibly increase, in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus difficulties in predictability.

If we fail to manage our SaaS hosting network infrastructure capacity, our existing clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our learning and talent management solution.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new client deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our hosting infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenue growth.

Because we generally recognize subscription revenue from our clients over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements upfront, rapid growth in our client base may put downward pressure on our operating income in the short term.

The expenses associated with generating client agreements are generally incurred up front but the resulting subscription revenue is generally recognized over the life of the agreements; therefore, increased growth in the number of our clients will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms.

Integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions such as ours represent a relatively recent approach to addressing organizations’ learning and talent management challenges, and we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our solution, or the pricing model upon which they are based, as the market for this type of solution evolves.

Providing organizations with applications to address their learning and talent management challenges through integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions is a developing market. The market for these solutions is therefore still evolving, and competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels, as well as pricing models generally, to change, as the market matures and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their learning and talent management needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our solution or the pricing model on which they are based, and may be unable to renew existing client agreements or enter into new client agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and other operating results.

Existing or future laws and regulations relating to privacy or data security could increase the cost of our solution and subject us or our clients to litigation, regulatory investigations and other potential liabilities.

Our learning and talent management solution enables our clients to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to every phase of the employee performance and management cycle. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information. Several foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection and storage in these jurisdictions. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future

 

24


Table of Contents

laws and regulations limit our clients’ ability to use and share employee data or our ability to store, process and share data with our clients over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease, our costs could increase, and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Evolving regulation of the Internet or changes in the infrastructure underlying the Internet may adversely affect our financial condition by increasing our expenditures and causing client dissatisfaction.

As Internet commerce continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies may increase. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet is a critical component of our business model. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Legislation has been proposed that may impact the way that Internet service providers treat Internet traffic. The outcome of such proposals is uncertain but certain outcomes may negatively impact our business or increase our operating costs. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchanged over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.

In addition, the rapid and continual growth of traffic on the Internet has resulted at times in slow connection and download speeds among Internet users. Our business expansion may be harmed if the Internet infrastructure cannot handle our clients’ demands or if hosting capacity becomes insufficient. If our clients become frustrated with the speed at which they can utilize our solution over the Internet, our clients may discontinue the use of our learning and talent management solution and choose not to renew their contracts with us.

We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect.

We currently have international offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel, Spain and India, and we may expand our international operations into other countries in the future. International operations involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

   

differing labor regulations;

 

   

regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information;

 

   

greater difficulty in supporting and localizing our products;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

   

limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection; and

 

   

restrictions on repatriation of earnings.

We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad. Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

Even if demand for learning and talent management products and services increases generally, there is no guarantee that demand for SaaS solutions like ours will increase to a corresponding degree.

The widespread adoption of our solution depends not only on strong demand for learning and talent management products and services generally, but also for products and services delivered via a SaaS business model in particular. There are still a significant number of organizations that have adopted no talent management functions at all, and it is unclear whether such organizations ever will adopt such functions and, if they do, whether they will desire a SaaS learning and talent management solution like ours. As a result, we cannot assure you that our SaaS learning and talent management solution will achieve and sustain the high level of market acceptance that is critical for the success of our business.

If we fail to develop our brand cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of the Cornerstone OnDemand brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new clients. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful services at competitive prices. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion

 

25


Table of Contents

activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. In addition, the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation shares our company name and any negative perceptions of any kind about the Foundation could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new clients or retain our existing clients to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer.

We face risks associated with our sales to governmental entities.

Sales to governmental entities currently account for a small portion of our revenue, but we may increase sales to such entities in the future. The risks associated with doing business with governmental entities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

Selling to governmental entities can be more competitive, expensive and time consuming than selling to private entities;

 

   

Governmental entities may have significant leverage in negotiations, thereby enabling such entities to demand contract terms that differ from what we generally agree to in our standard agreements, including, for example, most favored nation clauses and terms allowing contract termination for convenience;

 

   

Government demand and payment for our solution may be influenced by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays having an adverse impact on public sector demand for our solution; and

 

   

Government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations, which we have no experience with, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business.

While our experience dealing with governmental entities has so far been limited, to the extent that we become more reliant on contracts with government clients in the future, our exposure to such risks could increase, which, in turn, could adversely impact our business.

If for any reason we are not able to develop enhancements and new features, keep pace with technological developments or respond to future disruptive technologies, our business will be harmed.

Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new clients and increase revenue from existing clients, we will need to enhance and improve our existing solution and introduce new features. The success of any enhancement or new feature depends on several factors, including timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new features or clouds or enhance our existing solution to meet client needs, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of network, hardware and software platforms using Internet tools and protocols, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to these rapid technological developments, our solution may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.

Finally, our ability to grow is subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning and talent management solutions at lower prices, more efficiently or more conveniently, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and clouds or enhance our existing solution, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive advantage could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our licensed products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solution.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously harm our brand and adversely impact our business.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends in part upon our not infringing the intellectual property rights of others. However, our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry or, in some cases, our technology or products. From time to time, such third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, and we may actually be found to be infringing such rights. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses, and if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, indemnify our clients or distributors, obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, any of which would deplete our resources and adversely impact our business. We have obtained and may in the future obtain licenses from third parties to forestall or settle any potential claims of alleged infringement of our products and technology upon the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, discussions and negotiations with such third parties, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could seriously harm our business.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we are subject to a protracted infringement claim or a claim that results in a significant damage award.

We expect that software product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Our competitors or other third parties may challenge the validity or scope of our intellectual property rights. A claim may also be made relating to technology that we acquire or license from third parties. If we were subject to a claim of infringement, regardless of the merit of the claim or our defenses, the claim could:

 

   

require costly litigation to resolve and the payment of substantial damages;

 

   

require significant management time;

 

   

cause us to enter into unfavorable royalty or license agreements;

 

   

require us to discontinue the sale of our products;

 

   

require us to indemnify our clients or third-party service providers; or

 

   

require us to expend additional development resources to redesign our products.

We depend, in part, on technology of third parties licensed to us for our solution, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, reduced service levels or delayed sales of our solution.

 

27


Table of Contents

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with clients and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products, services, or other contractual obligations. The term of these indemnity provisions generally survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. From time to time, we are requested by clients to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality with respect to personal data. Although we normally do not agree to, or contractually limit our liability with respect to, such requests the existence of such a dispute with a client may have adverse effects on our client relationships and reputation.

We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products or take other remedial actions.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solution is subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solution must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our distributors fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming and is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solution from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our solution and services could be shipped to those targets or provided by our distributors despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting/licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solution or could limit our clients’ ability to implement our solution in those countries. Changes in our solution or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solution in international markets, prevent our clients with international operations from deploying our solution or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solution to existing or potential clients with international operations. Any decreased use of our solution or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solution would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in foreign currency gains and losses.

We currently have foreign sales denominated in Great British Pounds, Euros, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, New Zealand Dollars, Japanese Yen, and Singapore Dollars and may in the future have sales denominated in the currencies of additional countries. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in Great British Pounds and Euros and, to a much lesser extent, in Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Indian Rupees and Israeli New Shekels. Any fluctuation in the exchange rate of these foreign currencies may negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.

 

28


Table of Contents

We are exposed to fluctuations in the market values of our investments and in interest rates, either of which could impair the market value of our investments and harm our financial results.

At December 31, 2011, we had $85.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, which primarily consisted of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills. In the future, we may invest in short-term marketable securities with maturities of up to one year. Investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks, which have been exacerbated by unusual events such as the financial and credit crisis, bankruptcy filings in the United States and the recent debt-ceiling debate, which in turn have affected various sectors of the financial markets and led to global credit and liquidity issues.

Because the market value of fixed-rate debt securities may be adversely impacted by a rise in interest rates, our future investment income may fall short of expectations if interest rates rise. In addition, we may suffer losses if we are forced to sell securities that have experienced a decline in market value because of changes in interest rates. Currently, we do not use financial derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposure.

The fair value of investments may change significantly due to events and conditions in the credit and capital markets. Any investment securities that we hold, or the issuers of such securities, could be subject to review for possible downgrade. Any downgrade in these credit ratings may result in an additional decline in the estimated fair value of our investments. Changes in the various assumptions used to value these securities and any increase in the perceived market risk associated with such investments may also result in a decline in estimated fair value.

In the event of adverse conditions in the credit and capital markets, and to the extent we make future investments, our investment portfolio may be impacted, and we could determine that some or all of our investments experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value, requiring impairment, which could adversely impact our financial position and operating results.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, we retrospectively adopted the amended guidance for revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables on January 1, 2009, which had a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Risks Related to Tax Issues

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we are subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited if we experience a change in ownership, or if taxable income does not reach sufficient levels.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We may experience ownership changes in the future and subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, we may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and the trading price of our common stock may be volatile.

Our shares of common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market on March 17, 2011. Given the limited trading history of our common stock, there is a risk that an active trading market for our common stock will not be sustained, which could put downward pressure on the market price of our common stock and thereby affect the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares. In addition, the trading price of our common stock has at times been volatile and could continue to be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. For example, after opening at $13.00 per share upon the commencement of our initial public offering, our common stock has experienced an intra-day trading high of $23.50 per share and an intra-day trading low of $11.50 per share. In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies operating in such markets. The market price of our common stock may be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including as a result of factors unrelated to our operating performance and prospects. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including:

 

   

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

   

the overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

   

publication of unfavorable research reports about us or our industry or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

the size of our public float;

 

   

natural disasters or terrorist acts;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

   

global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We incur significant costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

As a newly public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NASDAQ Global Market. Our management team is adapting to the requirements of being a public company. If these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. In addition, complying with these rules and regulations has substantially increased our legal and financial compliance expenses, has made some activities more time-consuming and costly, and may in the future require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution, which could negatively impact our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our principal stockholders have a controlling influence over our business affairs and may make business decisions with which our stockholders disagree and which may adversely affect the value of our stockholders’ investment.

As of December 31, 2011, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates beneficially owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, 19,640,067 shares of common stock in the aggregate (including shares of common stock subject to options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2011), or approximately 40% of our outstanding shares. As a result, if some of these persons or entities act together, they will have the ability to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any business combination. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plans, warrants or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue all of these shares that are not already outstanding without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions in the future. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity.

Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options or warrants, the vesting of restricted stock units or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by existing investors.

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing credit facilities prohibit us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

   

create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

   

specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

 

   

require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our charter documents.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

31


Table of Contents

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, our ability to conclude that a control deficiency is not a material weakness or that an accounting error does not require a restatement could be adversely affected.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to assess the impact of control deficiencies based upon both quantitative and qualitative factors, and depending upon that analysis we classify such identified deficiencies as either a control deficiency, significant deficiency or a material weakness. One element of our analysis of the significance of any control deficiency is its actual or potential financial impact. This assessment will vary depending on our level of pre-tax income or loss. For example, a smaller pre-tax income or loss will increase the likelihood of a quantitative assessment of a control deficiency as a significant deficiency or material weakness.

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, if management or our independent registered public accountants identify an error in our interim or annual financial statements, it is more likely that such an error may be determined to be a material weakness or be considered a material error that could, depending upon the complete quantitative and qualitative analysis, result in our having to restate previously issued financial statements.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

Our principal offices are located in Santa Monica, California where we occupy approximately 53,000 square feet of office space under one operating leases that expires in January 2019. We have additional established offices in London, Paris, Munich, Tel Aviv, Madrid and Mumbai to support our international operations. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

We also lease space in various locations throughout the United States for local sales and professional services personnel. Our foreign subsidiaries lease office space for their operations, including their local sales and professional services personnel.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations and proceedings arising from the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, breach of contract claims, labor and employment claims, tax and other matters. Although claims, suits, investigations and proceedings are inherently uncertain and their results cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the resolution of our current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. In addition, it is possible that an unfavorable resolution of one or more such proceedings could in the future materially and adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

32


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Our Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

Our common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CSOD” since March 17, 2011. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sale prices for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

     Fiscal 2011  
     High      Low  

First Quarter (from March 17, 2011)

   $ 19.07       $ 17.94   

Second Quarter

     22.74         17.39   

Third Quarter

     19.48         12.13   

Fourth Quarter

     18.75         12.44   

Holders of Record

As of January 31, 2011 there were 83 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held of record by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by such record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Currently, our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits our payment of dividends.

STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or incorporated by reference into any filing of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

The following graph compares (i) the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from March 17, 2011 through December 31, 2011 with (ii) the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Global Market Index and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index over the same period, assuming the investment of $100 in our common stock and in both of the other indices on March 17, 2011 and the reinvestment of all dividends. As discussed above, we have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and do not anticipate declaring or paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future.

 

33


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF 9 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

 

LOGO

 

* Returns are based on historical results and are not necessarily indicative of future performance. See the disclosure in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

 

    March 17,
2011
    April 30,
2011
    May 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    July 31,
2011
    August 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    October 31,
2011
    November 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
 

Cornerstone OnDemand

  $ 100.00      $ 100.37      $ 101.26      $ 92.55      $ 86.00      $ 81.38      $ 65.76      $ 75.56      $ 84.53      $ 95.65   

NASDAQ Global Market Index

  $ 100.00      $ 110.46      $ 108.33      $ 104.41      $ 101.38      $ 90.96      $ 81.85      $ 87.98      $ 85.44      $ 86.60   

NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

  $ 100.00      $ 108.63      $ 105.95      $ 103.17      $ 105.61      $ 98.89      $ 94.97      $ 106.50      $ 102.84      $ 101.97   

The comparisons shown in the graph are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph above is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information disclosed under the caption “Executive Compensation and Related Information” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In December 2011, we issued an aggregate of 85,191 shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $1.60 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $149,333. The issuance the shares underlying the warrants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Use of Proceeds

Our initial public offering of common stock was effected through a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-169621) that was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2011. The Registration Statement registered an aggregate of 12,075,000 shares of our common stock, including 1,575,000 shares registered for sale by certain stockholders upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. On March 22, 2011, 7,500,000 shares of common stock were sold on our behalf and 4,575,000 shares of common stock were sold on behalf of the selling stockholders, including 1,575,000 shares sold by the selling stockholders upon the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $90,538,500 to the Company and $55,228,485 to the selling stockholders, net of the underwriters’ discount. Upon the completion of the sale of the shares referenced in the preceding sentence, the offering terminated.

The underwriters of the offering were Goldman, Sachs & Co., Barclays Capital, William Blair & Company, Piper Jaffray, Pacific Crest Securities and JMP Securities. We paid to the underwriters underwriting discounts totaling approximately $7.0 million in connection with the offering. In addition, we incurred expenses of approximately $3.7 million in connection with the offering, which, when added to the underwriting discounts paid by us, amounted to total expenses of approximately $10.7 million. Thus, the net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses, were approximately $86.9 million. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.

 

34


Table of Contents

There has been no material change in the use of proceeds from our initial public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b). Upon the completion of our initial public offering in March 2011, at the option of the noteholder, we were required to redeem the senior subordinated promissory note held by Ironwood Equity Fund at 103% of the outstanding principal amount. Accordingly, on March 23, 2011, we used a portion of the proceeds from the offering to pay all amounts owed under the note, including the outstanding principal of $4.0 million, a contingent interest payment of $120,000, and unpaid accrued interest of $27,500. In addition, on March 23, 2011, all outstanding borrowings of $2.6 million under our SVB Credit Facility together with unpaid accrued interest were paid with proceeds from the initial public offering. At December 31, 2011, all expenses incurred in connection with the offering had been paid.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The statement of operations data for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, are derived from, and qualified by reference to, our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statements of operations data for the for the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The selected consolidated financial data below are not necessarily indicative of future performance and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

          

Gross revenue (1)

   $ 75,522      $ 46,608      $ 29,322      $ 19,626      $ 10,976   

Common stock warrant charge (1)

     (2,500     (2,877     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     73,022        43,731        29,322        19,626        10,976   

Cost of revenue

     21,285        14,280        8,676        6,116        3,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     51,737        29,451        20,646        13,510        7,065   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     45,773        28,134        18,886        16,914        9,343   

Research and development

     10,149        5,602        2,791        2,724        1,754   

General and administrative

     15,122        8,555        4,329        2,564        2,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,044        42,291        26,006        22,202        13,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations (1)

     (19,307     (12,840     (5,360     (8,692     (6,685

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

     (1,853     (1,320     (813     (639     (144

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities (2)

     (42,559     (34,073     (2,147     (790     1,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (63,719     (48,233     (8,320     (10,121     (5,682

Provision for income taxes

     (181     (137     (72     (62     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (63,900   $ (48,370   $ (8,392   $ (10,183   $ (5,702

Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock

     —          —          —          —          (2,425

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

     (5,208     (8,235     (2,072     (337     (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (69,108   $ (56,605   $ (10,464   $ (10,520   $ (8,338
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (3)

   $ (1.74   $ (6.15   $ (1.24   $ (1.25   $ (0.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     39,824        9,206        8,467        8,387        8,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents
(1) During the second quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a $2.5 million and $2.9 million reduction of revenue, respectively, associated with common stock warrants. There were no such reductions of revenue in any other periods presented. We have presented gross revenue excluding non-cash common stock warrant charges because these charges do not relate to sales activity in the period, and we do not consider the issuance of warrants to be indicative of our core operating performance. See “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Offsets to Revenue ” for additional information about common stock warrants that are accounted for as reductions of revenue.
(2) During March 2011, all of our warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock were exercised, and all outstanding shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities were reclassified to additional paid-in capital, and as a result, we no longer record any change in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.
(3) See Notes 2 and 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     At December 31,  
     2011      2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 85,409       $ 7,067      $ 8,061      $ 3,290      $ 11,109   

Property and equipment, net

     3,663         3,976        2,229        1,018        758   

Working capital (deficit), excluding deferred revenue

     112,094         18,889        14,399        5,540        10,111   

Total assets

     135,362         42,894        27,017        15,934        19,247   

Debt, current portion

     265         14        2,014        4,300        4,650   

Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion

     55,880         33,818        19,507        14,361        9,131   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     1,056         1,523        1,158        338        236   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     409         8,705        4,045        2,552        2,639   

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     —           39,756        5,683        2,282        1,493   

Convertible preferred stock

     —           42,089        33,854        23,830        23,493   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     62,460         (97,231     (45,378     (35,270     (25,094

 

36


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes set forth in Item 15. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The following discussion also contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. See Part I, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the forward-looking statements contained below and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated in such forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders and enabling an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. As of December 31, 2011, we had 805 clients who use our solution to empower approximately 7.5 million users across 179 countries and 31 languages.

Our product offering consists of three integrated clouds for learning management, performance management and extended enterprise. Clients can purchase these clouds individually and easily add and integrate additional clouds at any time. We offer a number of cross-cloud tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation. We also provide consulting services for configuration and training for our solution as well as third-party e-learning content for use with our solution.

We founded our business in 1999 to improve access to education through the distribution of online educational content to individuals, small businesses and large corporations. Our distribution model was built using Internet technologies that are now known as software-as-a-service. When the Internet “bubble” burst in 2000, we focused on corporations that needed tools to manage compliance and on-boarding of employees as well as to link learning to employee performance, leadership development and knowledge management. As a result of our work with clients to address their particular challenges, we had as early as 2001 developed the foundation for a comprehensive learning and talent management cloud-based solution that included functionality for learning management and performance management. In 2006, we added our extended enterprise functionality which helps clients extend learning and talent management to their customers, vendors and distributors.

Global 500 companies were among our first clients. In our early years, we focused primarily on building our account management and support capabilities to be able to service these large clients more effectively. Sales were initially constrained by the resistance of some large corporations to purchase SaaS solutions. By the mid-2000s, however, our market opportunity increased significantly with both the adoption of SaaS solutions generally by large enterprises and the market’s recognition of learning and talent management as a distinct industry.

In response to these positive trends, we raised our first round of institutional venture capital in May 2007. We used this capital to serve clients across multiple industries, geographies and enterprise types by increasing the number of our direct sales personnel, both domestically and internationally, and by expanding our indirect channels through distribution relationships. Between December 2007 and December 2011, our number of users increased from 859,000 to 7,512,000. In 2009, after a highly competitive process involving a number of potential providers, ADP chose to enter into a distributor agreement with us that allows ADP to sell our solution globally.

We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year client agreements. Our sales typically involve competitive processes, with sales cycles that generally vary in duration from two to nine months depending on the size of the potential client. We price our solution based on the number of clouds the client can access and the permitted number of users with access to each cloud. Our client agreements typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, training, and consulting, as well as from the resale or hosting of third-party e-learning content.

We generate sales of our solution primarily through our direct sales teams and, to a lesser extent, indirectly through our distributors. We intend to accelerate our investment in our direct sales and distribution activities to continue to address our market opportunity.

We target our sales and marketing efforts at large and mid-sized clients, and our solution can be used in all industry vertical segments. We also continue to market and sell to existing clients, who may renew their subscriptions, add clouds, broaden the deployment of our solution across their organizations and increase the usage of our solution over time. For 2010 and 2011, no single client or distributor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Our number of clients has grown from 105 at December 31, 2007 to 481 at December 31, 2010 and to 805 at December 31, 2011.

 

37


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the client agreement and revenue from consulting services as these services are performed. We generally invoice our clients the consulting fees and the first year of the annual subscription fees upon contract execution. For amounts not invoiced in advance for multi-year subscriptions and consulting services, we invoice under various terms over the subscription period. We record amounts invoiced for portions of annual subscription periods that have not occurred or services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. With the growth in the number of client agreements related to our solution, our net revenue has grown to $73.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $43.7 million for the same period in 2010. Our gross revenue was $75.5 million and $46.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, excluding a $2.5 million and $2.9 reductions of revenue in the respective period. This reduction of revenue related to a non-cash charge for a common stock warrant issued to ADP during the three months ended June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and with respect to each quarter, often the last two weeks, of the quarter. We believe this seasonality is driven by several factors, most notably the tendency of procurement departments at our enterprise clients to purchase technology at the end of a quarter or calendar year, possibly in order to use up their available quarterly or annual funding allocations, or to be able to deploy new talent management capabilities prior to the beginning of a new financial or performance period. As the terms of most of our client agreements are measured in full year increments, agreements initially entered into the fourth quarter or last month of any quarter will generally come up for renewal at that same time in subsequent years. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. In addition, this seasonality is reflected in changes in our deferred revenue balance, which generally is impacted by the timing in which we enter into agreements with new clients, the timing of when we invoice new clients, the timing in which we invoice existing clients for annual subscription periods, and the timing in which we recognize revenue. Consistent with the increased number of new client agreements entered into during year ended December 31, 2011, and increased levels of invoicing related to these new client agreements, our deferred revenue balance increased from $33.8 million at December 31, 2010 to $55.9 million at December 31, 2011. We expect this seasonality to continue in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus limit our ability to predict future results.

We believe the market for learning and talent management remains large and underpenetrated, providing us with significant growth opportunities. We expect businesses and other organizations to continue to increase their spending on learning and talent management solutions in order to maximize productivity of their employees, manage changing workforce demographics and ensure compliance with global regulatory requirements. Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions.

We have focused on growing our business to pursue what we believe is a significant market opportunity, and we plan to continue to invest in building for growth. As a result, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses to increase in future periods. Sales and marketing expenses are expected to increase, as we continue to expand our direct sales teams, increase our marketing activities, and grow our international operations. Research and development expenses are expected to increase as we improve the existing functionality for our solution. We also believe that we must invest in maintaining a high degree of client service and support that is critical for our continued success. We plan to continue our policy of implementing best practices across our organization, expanding our technical operations and investing in our network infrastructure and services capabilities in order to support continued future growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both our growth and our transition to operating as a public company.

From inception through December 2010, we raised $37.0 million of equity capital. Our deliberate and disciplined capital deployment and growth strategy has enabled us to weather periods of economic down-turns and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to employ a similar approach to capital deployment and growth in the future.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition to those in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this Form 10-K, such factors include:

 

   

our ability to attract new clients;

 

   

the timing and rate at which we enter into agreements for our solution with new clients;

 

   

the extent to which our existing clients renew their subscriptions for our solution and the timing of those renewals;

 

   

the extent to which our existing clients purchase additional clouds or add incremental users;

 

   

changes in the mix of our sales between new and existing clients;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

changes to the proportion of our client base that is comprised of enterprise or mid-sized organizations;

 

   

seasonal factors affecting the demand for our solution;

 

   

our ability to manage growth, including in terms of new clients, additional users and new geographies;

 

   

the timing and success of competitive solutions offered by our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

One or more of these factors may cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that our results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Initial Public Offering

In March 2011, we completed our initial public offering in which we sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.00 per share. Our shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. We received proceeds from our initial public offering of $90.5 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before offering expenses of $3.7 million.

As part of the offering, an additional 4,575,000 shares of common stock were sold by certain existing stockholders at a price of $13.00 per share, including 1,575,000 shares sold by such stockholders upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of such shares by the selling stockholders.

Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Bookings (in thousands)

   $ 97,584      $ 60,919      $ 34,467   

Annual dollar retention rate

     94.9     95.8     94.8

Number of clients

     805        481        280   

Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)

     7,512,000        4,928,000        3,347,000   

 

   

Bookings . Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally recognize subscription revenue from our client agreements ratably over the terms of those agreements. For this reason, the major portion of our revenue for a period will be from client agreements signed in prior periods rather than new business activity during the current period. In order to assess our business performance with a metric that more fully reflects current period business activity, we track bookings, which we define as the sum of gross revenue and the change in the deferred revenue balance for the period. We include changes in the deferred revenue balance in bookings to reflect new business activity in the period evidenced by prepayments or billings under our billing policies arising from acquisition of new clients, sales of additional clouds to existing clients, the addition of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. We exclude non-cash reductions of revenue related to the issuance of common stock warrants because these charges do not relate to sales activity in the period, and we do not consider the issuance of warrants to be indicative of our core operating performance. Bookings are affected by our billing terms, and any changes in those billing terms may shift bookings between periods. Due to the seasonality of our sales, bookings growth is inconsistent from quarter to quarter throughout a calendar year.

 

   

Annual dollar retention rate . We define annual dollar retention rate as the implied monthly recurring revenue under client agreements at the end of a fiscal year, divided by the implied monthly recurring revenue, for that same client base, at the end of the prior fiscal year. This ratio does not reflect implied monthly recurring revenue for new clients added nor incremental sales to that same client base between the end of the prior fiscal year and the end of the current fiscal year. We define implied monthly recurring revenue as the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed to, under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding non-recurring support, consulting and maintenance fees, divided by the number of months in the term of the agreement. Implied monthly recurring revenue is substantially comprised of subscriptions to our solution. We believe that our annual dollar retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of client agreements and our ability to retain our clients.

 

39


Table of Contents
   

Number of clients . We believe that our ability to expand our client base is an indicator of our market penetration and the growth of our business as we continue to invest in our direct sales teams and distributors. We define clients as the number of independent entities that have entered into a contract at the end of the period.

 

   

Number of users. Since our clients generally pay fees based on the number of users of our solution within their organizations, we believe the total number of users is an indicator of the growth of our business. We define users as the number of users that are live and up and running on our solution at the end of the period.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Sources of Revenue and Revenue Recognition

Our solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We generate revenue from the following sources:

 

   

Subscriptions to Our Solution. Clients pay subscription fees for access to our comprehensive learning and talent management solution for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of clouds the client can access and the number of users having access to those clouds. We generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.

 

   

Consulting Services. We offer our clients assistance in implementing our solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management and training services. Services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Our consulting services are performed by us directly or by third-party service providers we hire. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. We generally recognize revenue from consulting services using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

 

   

E-learning Content. We resell third-party on-line training content, which we refer to as e-learning content, to our clients. We also host other e-learning content provided to us by our clients. We generally recognize revenue from the resale of e-learning content as it is delivered and recognize revenue from hosting as the hosting services are provided.

Our client agreements generally include both a subscription to access our solution and related consulting services, and may also include e-learning content. Our agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of our default. In connection with our global distributor agreement with ADP, to the extent that warrants were issued to ADP, we recorded reductions of revenue for the fair value of the warrants issued. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, ADP was no longer eligible to earn warrants under the warrant agreement. See Note 8 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements and Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for additional information regarding ADP warrants.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting our solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. The costs associated with providing consulting services are significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than the costs associated with providing access to our solution due to the labor costs to provide the consulting services.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are as follows:

 

   

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions; costs of marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities; and allocated overhead.

 

40


Table of Contents

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

 

   

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development costs, other than software development expenses qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

We have focused our research and development efforts on continuously improving our solution. We believe that our research and development activities are efficient because we benefit from maintaining a single software code base for our solution. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, as we scale our research and development department and expand our network infrastructure.

 

   

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, legal, finance and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel and incur costs as a public company. We expect to incur increased expenses related to increased outside legal counsel assistance, accounting and auditing activities, compliance with the SEC requirements and enhancing our internal control environment through the adoption and administration of new corporate policies.

Other Income (Expense)

 

   

Interest Income . Interest income consists of interest income and realized gains and realized losses on our cash equivalents, and investments in marketable securities.

 

   

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense from borrowings under our credit facility and our promissory notes; capital lease payments; amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts.• Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities. Preferred warrant liabilities are the result of warrants issued in connection with our long-term debt and preferred stock financings. Changes in the fair value of our preferred stock occur in connection with changes in the overall value of our company. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised, and as a result, we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.

 

   

Other, Net. Other, net consists of income and expense associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and other non-operating expenses. We expect interest income (expense) and other income (expense) to vary depending on the movement in foreign currency exchange rates and the related impact on our foreign exchange gain (loss). Other non-operating expenses included expenses associated with our withdrawn secondary offering. On July 20, 2011, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 in connection with a proposed secondary offering of our shares of commons stock. On August 8, 2011, pursuant to Rule 477 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we requested that the Securities and Exchange Commission consent to the withdrawal of the Registration Statement. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, we incurred expenses of approximately $0.6 million in connection with the proposed secondary offering.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is related to certain foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our U.S. federal and state net deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal and state income taxes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, provision for income taxes and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

 

41


Table of Contents

We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity than our other accounting policies. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We recognize revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of our solution or consulting services exists, (ii) our solution has been made available or delivered, or our services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount we recognize as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. We consider that delivery of our software has commenced once we provide the client with log-in information to access and use our solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Our fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in each client agreement. We assess collectability based in part on an analysis of the creditworthiness of each client, as well as other relevant economic or financial factors. If we do not consider collection reasonably assured, we defer the revenue until the fees are actually collected. We record amounts that have been invoiced to our clients in accounts receivable and as either deferred revenue on our balance sheet or revenue on our statement of operations, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The majority of our client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution accompanied by consulting services. Therefore, we recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13 (formerly known as EITF 08-1, “ Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ”). As our clients do not have the right to the underlying software code of our solution, our revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software client recognition guidance.

For such arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. Our solution has standalone value because once we give a client access, our solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Our consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or our clients themselves can perform these services without our involvement. The consulting services we provide are to assist clients with the configuration and integration of our solution. The performance of these services does not require highly specialized individuals.

Based on the standalone value of our deliverables, and, since clients generally do not have a right of return with respect to the included consulting services, we allocate revenue among the separate deliverables under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverables arrangement to be based on, in descending order of preference, (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.

We are not able to determine VSOE or TPE for our deliverables because we sell them separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because we have determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to our solution. Accordingly, we determine the selling prices of subscriptions to our solution, consulting services and e-learning content based on BESP. In determining BESP for subscriptions to our solution, we consider the size of client arrangements, as measured by number of users; whether the sales were made by our direct sales team or distributors; and whether the sales are to a domestic or an international client. We group sales of our solution into multiple different categories based on these criteria. We then compute an average selling price for each group. This average selling price represents our BESP for that type of client arrangement. For consulting services, we analyze both bundled arrangements that include subscriptions to our solution and consulting services, as well as standalone purchases of different types of consulting services made subsequent to the original subscription. For these consulting services arrangements, we then examine the actual rate per hour we charge or, for fixed fee arrangements, the implied average rate per hour based on the fixed fee divided by the estimated hours to complete the service. The BESP is then the product of this average rate per hour and our estimate of the hours needed to complete the services. In evaluating and arriving at BESP for consulting services, we also consider the reasonableness of the implied gross margins, as indicated by our internal costs to deliver such services, as well as comparisons to rates per hour for information technology consulting services in our industry generally. For e-learning content, we estimate BESP by reviewing fees for content and content-hosting in order to establish an average annual fee per user that reflects the cost we incur to acquire the related content from third-party providers.

The determination of BESP for our deliverables as described above requires us to make significant estimates and judgments, including the comparability of different subscription arrangements and consulting services and estimates of the hours required to complete various types of services. In addition, we consider other factors including:

 

   

Nature of the deliverables. For example, in categorizing our subscriptions into meaningful groupings for determining BESP, we consider the number and type of clouds the client purchased. For consulting services, we consider the type of consulting service and the estimated hours required to complete the service based on our historical experience.

 

42


Table of Contents
   

Location of our clients. Our pricing is different for domestic and international clients, and therefore in determining BESP of subscriptions to our solution, we evaluate domestic arrangements separately from international arrangements.

 

   

Market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale. Our pricing and discounting varies based on the economic environment and competition. We consider these factors in determining the grouping of comparable services and the periods over which we compare arrangements to compute the BESP.

 

   

Internal costs. Our pricing for consulting services and e-learning content considers our internal costs to provide the consulting services and the third-party purchase costs of e-learning content.

 

   

Size of the arrangement. Discounting generally increases as the relative size of an arrangement increases, and we take this into consideration in the grouping of our clients to determine BESP. Our discounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements varies based on the extent and type of the consulting services and content included with the subscriptions in the arrangement.

The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by, our senior management. We update our estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and circumstances require, and we update our determination to use BESP on a semi-annual basis, including assessing whether we can determine VSOE or TPE.

After we determine the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable based on the relative selling price method, we recognize the revenue for each based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to our solution, we recognize the revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, which is typically three years. For consulting services, we generally recognize revenue using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

In a limited number of cases, our multiple deliverables arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from our solution, such as when the client’s intended use of our solution requires enhancements to underlying features and functionality. In these cases, we recognize revenue for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis from the point at which the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client, through the remaining term of the agreement.

For arrangements in which we resell third-party e-learning content to our clients or host client or third-party e-learning content provided by the client, we recognize revenue in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. We recognize e-learning content revenue in the gross amount that we invoice our client when: (i) we are the primary obligor, (ii) we have latitude to establish the price charged and (iii) we bear the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving our sale of e-learning content, we charge our clients for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users and recognize the gross amount invoiced as revenue as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase e-learning content directly from a third-party, or provide it themselves, and we integrate the content into our solution, we charge a hosting fee. In such cases, we recognize the amount invoiced for hosting as the content is delivered, excluding any portion we invoice that is attributable to fees the third-party charges for the content.

Offsets to Revenue

On May 6, 2009, we entered into a five-year global distributor agreement with ADP that provides ADP the right to distribute our software solution to its customers under ADP’s name. In connection with the distributor agreement, we also entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to ADP. The warrant agreement provided that ADP was eligible to earn fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share if ADP met specified sales targets for each contract year until the earlier of the completion of the five-year term of the distributor agreement or the completion of an initial public offering of our common stock. When ADP achieved the defined sales targets and earned a warrant for a contract year, we recorded the fair value of such warrant as a reduction of revenue. We determined the fair value of these warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant judgment. The warrants could only be exercised immediately prior to an acquisition of our company through a reorganization, merger or consolidation; immediately prior to a sale, lease or other disposition of all of our assets; or within three years after an initial public offering.

On November 24, 2010, we amended our warrant agreement with ADP to modify certain definitions related to future sales targets, to acknowledge that no warrants would be issued for the contract year ended June 30, 2010 and to remove the anti-dilution provisions in the warrant agreement. In connection with the amendment, we issued ADP a fully vested and non-forfeitable warrant to purchase 360,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which was valued at approximately $2.9 million as of the amendment date, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recorded this amount as a reduction of revenue in the fourth quarter of 2010, as the distributor agreement provides ADP with the right to distribute our services, and we estimated that ADP would purchase additional services from us. In issuing this warrant, we considered the strategic importance of our ongoing relationship with ADP and the expected timing of the completion of our initial public offering, after which ADP would no longer be eligible to earn any warrants.

 

43


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, we did not record any reduction in revenue for the contract year ending June 30, 2011, as the minimum specified sales target had not been achieved to earn the applicable warrant as of December 31, 2010.

Upon the completion of our initial public offering, ADP was no longer eligible to earn warrants under the warrant agreement. However, ADP remained eligible to earn a warrant for the partial contract year that began on July 1, 2010 and ended on March 22, 2011, the closing date of our initial public offering, if it met pro-rated specified sales targets for that period. Through the three months ended March 31, 2011, no reductions of revenue were recorded because we concluded that ADP had not met the pro-rated specified sales targets for such partial contract year based on our assessment of the contractual terms of the arrangement, and as of March 31, 2011, it was not considered probable that we would be required to issue a warrant for such partial contract year. Pursuant to the terms of the arrangement, we notified ADP that it had not earned the warrant for such partial year. ADP contended that it met the pro-rated specified sales target for the partial contract year that would entitle ADP to a warrant to purchase 443,048 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share.

During June 2011, in order to resolve a dispute with respect to this matter, we issued ADP a fully vested and non-forfeitable warrant to purchase 133,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share. The warrant was valued at approximately $2.5 million using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model as of the issuance date and was recorded as a non-cash reduction of revenue in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In connection with the issuance of the warrant described above, ADP agreed and acknowledged that it is no longer eligible to earn or receive any additional warrants exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the distributor agreement.

Accounting for Commission Payments

We defer commissions paid to our sales force because these amounts are recoverable from future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. We defer expense recognition upon payment and amortize expense to sales and marketing expenses over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are direct and incremental costs of our client agreements. We generally pay commissions in the periods we receive payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

Stock-based Compensation

We account for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair values. We expect that our expense related to stock-based compensation will increase over time.

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating (i) the value per share of our common stock, (ii) volatility, (iii) the term of the awards, (iv) the dividend yield and (v) the risk-free interest rate. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, based on management’s judgment and subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of the assumptions used in the model change significantly, stock-based compensation recorded for future awards may differ materially from that recorded for awards granted previously.

Prior to our initial public offering, given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each grant of stock-based awards. From 2007 through our initial public offering our management regularly commissioned an independent third party valuation firm to prepare contemporaneous valuation analyses near the time of each grant to assist our board of directors in this determination.

We use the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for our volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term of the awards in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises for our company, we apply a simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of an award, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the award was granted. Our estimated dividend yield is zero, as we have not and do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once we have determined the estimated fair value of our stock-based awards, we recognize the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. We estimate forfeitures based upon our historical experience, and, for each period, review the estimated forfeiture rate and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions change.

 

44


Table of Contents

Information related to our stock-based compensation activity, including weighted-average grant date fair values and associated Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions, is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Stock options granted (in thousands)

     1,674        2,365        581   

Weighted-average exercise price

   $ 13.21      $ 4.67      $ 1.26   

Weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted

   $ 7.12      $ 3.34      $ 0.73   

Weighted-average Black-Scholes model assumptions:

      

Estimated fair value of common stock

   $ 13.21      $ 5.17      $ 1.26   

Estimated volatility

     56.9     59.3     61.6

Estimated dividend yield

     —       —       —  

Expected term (years)

     6.0        6.0        5.8   

Risk-free rate

     1.7     2.0     2.9

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $16.7 million of unrecognized employee related stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, that we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of approximately 2.8 years. Stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase in 2012 compared to 2011 as a result of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation and as we issue additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

On a quarterly basis we evaluate the need to establish an allowance for doubtful accounts, by analyzing our clients’ creditworthiness. Our evaluation and analysis includes specific identification and review of all outstanding accounts receivable balances, review of our historical collection experience with each client, and consideration of overall economic conditions, as well as of any specific facts and circumstances that may indicate that a specific client receivable is not collectible. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and establish an allowance when collection becomes doubtful. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $153,000 and $32,000, respectively, based on our evaluation and analysis. If our future actual collections are lower than expected, our cash flows and future results of operations could be negatively impacted.

Capitalized Software Costs

We capitalize the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of our solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of our future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to our solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

To date, we have identified no impairments of our long-lived assets. We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess recoverability by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, we recognize the impairment, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value, and charge it to operations in the period in which we determine there has been impairment.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we consider our projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero, because we have determined that it is not more likely than not that any of our net deferred tax assets will be realized. If in the future we determine that we will be able to realize any of our net deferred tax assets, we will make an adjustment to the allowance, which would increase our income in the period that the determination is made.

 

45


Table of Contents

We have assessed our income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where we have determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where we have determined there is a less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.

Fair Value of Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

Prior to our initial public offering, we issued warrants to purchase our preferred stock in connection with certain debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. We accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance in each reporting period, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock were redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may have obligated us to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future.

As with the ADP warrants and stock-based compensation, we estimated the fair value of our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporated several estimates and assumptions that were subject to significant management judgment. Changes in fair value at each period end were recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations until the completion of our initial public offering.

All of the warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised in March 2011, and we recorded changes to the fair value of the warrants through the respective warrant exercise dates. Upon the completion of our initial public offering, all of our then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, including shares of preferred stock issued upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants, were converted into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Investments in Marketable Securities

Our investments in available-for-sale marketable securities are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if any, net of taxes, reported as a component of stockholders’ equity until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. When we determine that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred for debt securities that we do not then currently intend to sell, we recognize the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment in other income (expense) and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component is identified as the amount of the present value of cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security, based on cash flow projections. In determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists, we consider: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer of the securities; and (ii) our intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The cost of marketable securities sold is determined based on the specific identification method, and any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of interest income or expense. In addition, we classify marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be sold during the normal operating cycle of the business. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we invested in marketable debt securities, which matured during 2011. As of December 30, 2011 and 2010, we had no investments in marketable debt securities other than those classified as cash equivalents.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2 of notes to consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

46


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our statements of operations for each of the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of revenue. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Gross revenue (1)

   $ 75,522      $ 46,608      $ 29,322   

Common stock warrant charge (1)

     (2,500     (2,877     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     73,022        43,731        29,322   

Cost of revenue

     21,285        14,280        8,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     51,737        29,451        20,646   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     45,773        28,134        18,886   

Research and development

     10,149        5,602        2,791   

General and administrative

     15,122        8,555        4,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,044        42,291        26,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations (1)

     (19,307     (12,840     (5,360

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     20        3        32   

Interest expense

     (902     (1,113     (691

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (42,559     (34,073     (2,147

Other, net

     (971     (210     (154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (44,412     (35,393     (2,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (63,719     (48,233     (8,320

Provision for income taxes

     (181     (137     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (63,900   $ (48,370   $ (8,392
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) During the second quarter of 2011and the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a $2.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, reduction of revenue associated with common stock warrants. There were no such reductions of revenue in any other periods presented. We have presented gross revenue excluding non-cash common stock warrant charges, because these charges do not relate to sales activity in the period, and we do not consider the issuance of warrants to be indicative of our core operating performance. See “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Offsets to Revenue ” for additional information about common stock warrants that are accounted for as reductions of revenue.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Revenue and Metrics

The following table sets forth our revenue and the following key metrics that we use to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     At or For Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net revenue (in thousands)

   $ 73,022      $ 43,731      $ 29,322   

Gross revenue (in thousands)

   $ 75,522      $ 46,608      $ 29,322   

Bookings (in thousands)

   $ 97,584      $ 60,919      $ 34,467   

Annual dollar retention rate

     94.9     95.8     94.8

Number of clients

     805        481        280   

Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)

     7,512,000        4,928,000        3,347,000   

Net revenues increased by $29.3 million, or 67% in 2011 as compared to 2010. Gross revenue increased $28.9 million, or 62% in 2011 as compared to 2010. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Warrants ” for further discussion of common stock warrants accounted for as reductions of revenue. Net revenue for 2011 and 2010 consisted of gross revenue less a $2.5 million reduction of revenue in 2011 and a $2.9 million reduction of revenue in 2010, respectively, related to a non-cash charge for a common stock warrant issued during the second quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2010, respectively.

Gross revenue increased $28.9 million, or 62%, in 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Gross revenue growth in 2011 was driven by $19.3 million in additional revenue from client agreements signed prior to 2011 that were not fully reflected prior to 2011, as compared to revenue from client agreements signed prior to 2010 that were not fully reflected prior to 2010, as a result of

 

47


Table of Contents

the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. Gross revenue for 2011 from client agreements signed prior to 2011 was $51.3 million, compared to gross revenue for 2010 from client agreements signed prior to 2010 of $32.0 million. These increases include incremental revenue due to sales of additional clouds to those clients that existed prior to 2011 and additions of incremental users by those clients. Gross revenue growth in 2011 was also driven by $9.6 million in higher revenue for client agreements entered into during 2011 as compared to revenue in 2010. During the period from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2011, we acquired 324 new clients, or an increase of 67%, compared to 201 new clients in 2010, or an increase of 72%.

Net revenue in the United States for 2011 and 2010 was impacted by the $2.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, in reductions of revenue related to the common stock warrants described above. Net revenue in the United States increased by $20.8 million, or 69%, in 2011 as compared to 2010, while international net revenue, increased by $8.5 million, or 62%. Gross revenue in the United States increased by $20.4 million, or 62%, in 2011 as compared to 2010. As a percentage of total net revenue, international net revenue accounted for 30% in 2011 as compared to 31% in 2010. As a percentage of total gross revenue, international gross revenue accounted for 29% in 2011 and 2010. During the period from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2011, we acquired 260 domestic and 64 international clients, or an increase of 70% and 58%, respectively.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly. Bookings increased 60% in 2011 from 2010, due to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional functionality to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The growth rates for revenue and bookings are not correlated with each other in a given year due to the seasonality of our client agreements, the varied timing of billings, the recognition in most cases of subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of each client agreement, and the recognition of consulting revenue based on proportional performance over the period the services are performed. In 2011, our annual dollar retention rate of 94.9% largely consistent with our 2010 and 2009 annual dollar retention rates of 95.8% and 94.8%, respectively, as a result of increased client renewals. The number of our clients grew 67% in 2011 from 2010. The number of users increased by approximately 2.6 million in 2011, or 52%, due to the acquisitions of new clients and our increased penetration within existing clients.

Net revenue increased $14.4 million, or 49% in 2010 from 2009. Gross revenue increased $17.3 million, or 59% in 2010 as compared to 2009. Net revenue for 2010 consisted of gross revenue less a $2.9 million reduction of revenue in 2010 related to a non-cash charge for a common stock warrant issued during the fourth quarter of 2010. There were no such reductions of revenue in 2009. See “ —Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Offsets to Revenue ” for further discussion of common stock warrants accounted for as reductions of revenue. Net revenue growth in 2010 was driven by $13.2 million in higher revenue from client agreements signed in 2009 that was not fully reflected in 2009, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. Net revenue in 2010 from client agreements signed prior to 2010 was $32.0 million as compared to net revenue of $18.8 million in 2009 from client agreements signed prior to 2009. In addition, net revenue growth in 2010 resulted from the acquisition of 201 new clients, sales of additional clouds to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals.

Net revenue in the United States for 2010 was impacted by the $2.9 million in a reduction of revenue related to the common stock warrant described above. Net revenue in the United States increased by $7.7 million, or 35%, in 2010 as compared to 2009, while international net revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $6.7 million, or 96%. As a percentage of total net revenue, international net revenue accounted for 31% in 2010 compared to 24% in 2009. As a percentage of total gross revenue, international gross revenue accounted for 29% in 2010 compared to 24% in 2009. During the period from December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2010, we acquired 170 domestic and 31 international clients, or an increase of 69% and 91%, respectively.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly in 2010 as compared to 2009. Bookings increased 77% in 2010, due to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional clouds to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The growth rates for revenue and bookings are not correlated with each other as described above. In 2010, our annual dollar retention rate improved by one percentage point to 95.8% as a result of increased client renewals as well as our existing clients purchasing additional functionality and adding incremental users. The number of our clients grew 72%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.6 million, or 47%, due to the acquisitions of new clients and our increased penetration within existing clients.

 

48


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 21,285      $ 14,280      $ 8,676   

Gross profit

   $ 51,737      $ 29,451      $ 20,646   

Gross margin

     71     67     70

Cost of revenue increased $7.0 million, or 49%, in 2011 as compared to 2010, attributable to $3.4 million in increased employee-related costs due to higher headcount, $0.9 million in increased employee-related allocated overhead such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs resulting from our increased headcount in order to support our continued growth, $0.7 million in increased costs related to outsourced consulting services, and $0.5 million in increased network infrastructure costs, in each case to service our existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. The increase was also attributable to $0.5 million in increased amortization of capitalized software, $0.5 million in increased referral fees, and $0.5 million in increased third-party e-learning costs.

Our gross margin, based on net revenue, was 71% for 2011 as compared to 67% in 2010. Our gross profit increased by $22.3 million, or 76% in 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase in gross margin and gross profit was attributable to increased revenue and our realization of economies of scale in our consulting services and network infrastructure, as we have emphasized continuous improvement in processing for the delivery of client implementation and support programs. Our gross margin, excluding a charge related to a common stock warrant issued to ADP in the three months ended June 30, 2011 of $2.5 million and in the three months ended December 30, 2010 of $2.9 million, increased by 3% to 72% in 2011 from 69% in 2010. Our gross profit, excluding the charges related to the common stock warrants issued in each respective period, increased by $21.9 million, or 68%, to $54.2 million from $32.3 million in 2010. The increase in gross profit, excluding the common stock warrant charges as a percentage of gross revenue, was for the same reasons as described above.

Cost of revenue increased $5.6 million, or 65% in 2010 as compared to 2009, attributable to $2.1 million in increased employee-related costs due to higher headcount and $1.2 million in increased costs related to outsourced consulting services, in each case to service our existing clients as well as in supporting our continued growth. The increase was also attributable to $0.7 million in increased network infrastructure costs mainly resulting from our investments in 2010 to enhance our network infrastructure. We completed our transition from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities during the fourth quarter of 2010. We also incurred $0.7 million in increased depreciation expenses, $0.5 million in increased third-party e-learning costs, $0.4 million in increased amortization of capitalized software, and $0.4 million in increased employee-related allocated overhead such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs resulting from our increased headcount in order to support our continued growth. These increases in our cost of revenue were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in referral fees and $0.2 million in decreased amortization of license fees we pay to third-parties to use their technology.

Our gross margin, as a percentage of net revenue, decreased to 67% in 2010 from 70% in 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage of gross revenue decreased one percentage point to 69% in 2010 from 70% in 2009, reflecting our significant investments in additional headcount and infrastructure.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 45,773      $ 28,134      $ 18,886   

Percent of net revenue

     63     64     64

Sales and marketing expenses increased $17.6 million, or 63%, in 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase was attributable to the expansion of our sales force to address increased opportunities in new and existing markets and increases in marketing programs. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 63% in December 31, 2011 from December 31, 2010 with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 60%, contributing to an increase in employee-related costs of $12.4 million (consisting of increased employee compensation of $8.7 million, increased commissions of $2.9 million, and increased stock-based compensation of $0.8 million). In addition, we incurred increased allocated overhead such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million, increased travel costs associated with our direct sales teams of $1.6 million, and increased costs associated with marketing programs of $1.0 million.

Notwithstanding these investments in anticipation of future growth, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased by one percentage point to 63% in 2011 from 64% in 2010. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of gross

 

49


Table of Contents

revenue increased by one percentage point to 61% in 2011 from 60% in 2010. Sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate from period to period based on the timing of our investments and related expenditures in our sales and marketing programs as they vary in scope and scale over periods.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.2 million, or 49%, in 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase was attributable to the expansion of our sales force to address increased opportunities in new and existing markets and increases in marketing programs. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 46% in December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 48%, contributing to an increase in employee-related costs of $6.3 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits of $4.5 million, increased commissions of $1.7 million, and increased stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. In addition, we incurred increased travel costs associated with our direct sales teams of $1.0 million, increased costs associated with outsourced marketing programs and events of $0.9 million, and increased allocated overhead costs such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, of $0.9 million.

As a percentage of net revenue, sales and marketing expenses remained at 64% in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of gross revenue decreased to 60% in 2010 from 64% in 2009.

Research and Development

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 10,149      $ 5,602      $ 2,791   

Percent of net revenue

     14     13     10

Research and development expenses increased $4.5 million or 81%, in 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase was attributable to added headcount to maintain and improve the functionality of our solution. We incurred increased employee-related costs of $2.5 million arising primarily from increased headcount, consisting of increased employee compensation of $1.9 million and increased stock-based compensation of $0.6 million. In addition, in 2011, we incurred increased expenses of allocated overhead costs, such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, of $0.9 million relating to overall increased expenses to support our continued growth, increased expenses related to third-party consultants of $0.8 million, increased expenses related to travel of $0.1 million, and increased expenses related to software programming subscriptions of $0.1 million.

As a percentage of net revenue, research and development expenses increased to 14% in 2011 from 13% in 2010. Research and development expenses as a percentage of gross revenue increased to 13% compared to 12% in 2010 for the reasons described above.

Research and development expenses increased by $2.8 million, or 101%, in 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase was principally due to added headcount to maintain and improve the functionality of our solution. We incurred increased employee-related costs of $2.3 million arising from increased headcount, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits of $2.2 million and increased stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. In addition, in 2010 we incurred increased expenses of allocated overhead costs such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, of $0.4 million, relating to overall increased expenses to support our continued growth and increased expense of $0.1 million related to software programming subscriptions.

As a percentage of net revenue, research and development expenses increased to 13% in 2010 from 10% in 2009. Research and development expenses as a percentage of gross revenue increased to 12% in 2010 from 10% in 2009 for the reasons described above.

Headcount increased by 42% in 2011 from 2010 and by 67% in 2010 from 2009.

We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution, which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $3.3 million, $1.9 million and $1.5 million of software development costs and amortized $1.9 million, $1.2 million and $0.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We believe that our research and development activities continue to be efficient, because we benefit from maintaining a single code base of our solution.

 

50


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 15,122      $ 8,555      $ 4,329   

Percent of net revenue

     21     20     15

General and administrative expenses increased $6.6 million, or 77%, in 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase was driven by increased employee-related costs and increased overhead costs associated with increased headcount and professional fees to support our growing business, operations as a public company and our expansion into new geographic regions. We incurred increased employee-related costs of $3.8 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits of $2.1 million and increased stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million, as a result of increased headcount and corresponding stock-based compensation awards as of December 31, 2011 as compared to 2010. In addition, in 2011, we incurred increased professional fees of $1.0 million for accounting, audit, legal and tax services, increased travel expenses of $0.8 million, and increased allocated overhead costs, such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, of $0.3 million. General and administrative headcount increased by 27% at December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growth and operations as a public company.

As a percentage of net revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 21% in 2011 from 20% in 2010. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of gross revenue increased to 20% in 2011 from 18% in 2010 for the reasons described above.

General and administrative expenses increased $4.2 million, or 98%, in 2010 from 2009. The increase was driven by increased employee-related costs and professional fees to support our growing business and our transition from a private company to a public company. We incurred increased employee-related costs of $1.5 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and benefits of $1.2 million and increased stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million, as a result of increased headcount and corresponding stock-based compensation awards in 2010. In addition, we had increased professional fees of $1.4 million for accounting, audit, legal and tax services, increased travel expenses of $0.4 million, increased allocated overhead of $0.6 million, such as rent, IT costs, and depreciation and amortization, and increased recruiting fees of $0.2 million. General and administrative headcount increased 86% from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growth and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company.

As a percentage of net revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 20% in 2010 from 15% in 2009. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of gross revenue increased to 18% in 2010 from 15% in 2009 for the reasons described above.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 20      $ 3      $ 32   

Interest expense

     (902     (1,113     (691

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (42,559     (34,073     (2,147

Other, net

     (971     (210     (154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

   $ (44,412   $ (35,393   $ (2,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The decrease in interest expense of $0.2 million in 2011 as compared to 2010 was attributable to lower interest expense as a result of decreased borrowings under our credit facilities throughout 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase in interest expense of $0.4 million in 2010 as compared to 2009 was as a result of increased borrowings under our credit facilities throughout 2010 and increased interest expense of $0.1 million associated with our increased capital lease obligations resulting from the addition of assets to support our growth.

We valued our preferred stock warrants at the end of each fiscal period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. During March 2011, all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised, and all outstanding shares of preferred stock, including all shares of preferred stock issued upon the exercise of the preferred stock warrants, were converted into common stock on a one-for-one basis. We recorded changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities until each warrant’s respective exercise date. The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $42.6 million during the period from December 31, 2010 to the respective exercise dates of the warrants in March 2011, as compared to an increase of $34.1 million at December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009 and $2.1 million at December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008. The increase in each respective period was attributable to the increase in the fair value of all of our preferred stock warrants, driven by the significant increase in the value of our company.

 

51


Table of Contents

Other, net in 2011 was primarily comprised of $0.6 million in expenses associated with our withdrawn secondary offering and $0.5 million in net foreign exchange losses. Other, net in 2010, was primarily comprised of net foreign exchange losses. Our increased foreign exchange losses of $0.3 million in 2011 as compared to 2010, related to fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar. The increase in other, net in 2010 as compared to 2009 was primarily due to increased foreign exchange losses of $0.1 million related to fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar in 2010 as compared to 2009.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ (181   $ (137   $ (72

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, our operations and growth have been financed primarily through the sale of equity securities, including net cash proceeds from our initial public offering of common stock in March 2011, in which we raised approximately $90.5 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before offering expenses of $3.7 million.

At December 31, 2011, our principal sources of liquidity were $85.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $15.7 million available under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB Credit Facility”), which matures in August 2012. Borrowings under the SVB Credit Facility are available based on a multiple of our contracted monthly recurring revenue, as defined in the agreement governing the facility, and are reduced by the issuance of irrevocable standby letters of credit. Interest is payable monthly, and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5% if the outstanding indebtedness under the facility is less than or equal to $5.0 million, and prime plus 2.5% if the outstanding indebtedness is greater than $5.0 million. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement.

During May 2011, we amended the SVB Credit Facility to allow for up to $3.0 million in loan advances, in addition to the amount available under the existing line of credit specifically for the purchase of software and equipment. Advances for the purchase of software and equipment may be drawn through May 2012, have an interest rate of prime plus 1.25%, and are repayable monthly over a period of either 12 months or 36 months, depending on the items purchased. Any borrowings for the purchase of software and equipment under the SVB Credit Facility survive the original maturity of the SVB Credit Facility of August 2012 and any additional borrowings will be payable in accordance with the repayment schedule of the individual loan advances. In May 2011, we borrowed approximately $0.7 million for the purchase of software and equipment, payable monthly through May 2014. At December 31, 2011, we had $0.5 million outstanding under the SVB Credit Facility.

The SVB Credit Facility expires in August 2012 although the borrowings under the software and equipment loan extend through 2014. We are currently evaluating an extension of the SVB Credit Facility. To the extent that we do not extend or renew our SVB Credit Facility, or replace it with a new facility that does not back the standby letters of credit currently outstanding, we will be required to post collateral in the form of restricted cash equal to 110% of the outstanding value of the standby letters of credit. Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 totaled $1.6 million.

Our working capital at December 31, 2011, excluding current deferred revenue, was $112.1 million.

Our cash flows from operating activities have historically been significantly impacted by the contractual payment terms and patterns of client agreements, as well as our investments in sales and marketing and research and development to drive our business growth.

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe our future cash flows from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents will provide adequate funds for our ongoing operations for at least the next twelve months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue, billings growth and collections, the level of our sales and marketing efforts, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and expansion into new

 

52


Table of Contents

territories, the timing of introductions of new services and enhancements to existing services, the timing of general and administrative expenses as we grow our administrative infrastructure, and the continuing market acceptance of our solution. To the extent that existing cash and cash from operations are not sufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds. If we make acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or technologies, we could be required to seek additional equity financing or utilize our cash resources.

Depending on certain growth opportunities, we may choose to accelerate investments in sales and marketing, research and development, technology and services, which may require the use of proceeds from our initial public offering for such additional expansion and expenditures.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,832      $ 166      $ (1,633

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,885     (2,898     (1,599

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     80,639        1,738        8,003   

 

53


Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support anticipated growth. In addition, our net loss in recent periods has been significantly greater than our use of cash for operating activities due to the inclusion of substantial non-cash charges. Our cash flows from operating activities are affected by the seasonality of our business, which results in variations in the timing of our invoicing of, and our receipt of payments from, our clients. We have generally experienced increased invoicing in the third and fourth quarters of each year due to higher acquisitions of new clients, the timing of annual billings for existing clients and increased client renewals during these quarters. As a result, we have also experienced increased levels of client payments during the fourth and first quarters of each year, related to client receipts from third and fourth quarter invoices. Conversely, we experience relatively lower levels of billings in the first and second quarter of each year, and thus client receipts in the second and third quarters are usually lower relative to the other quarters. We expect this seasonality and resulting trends in cash flows from operating activities to continue.

Cash provided by operating activities of $1.8 million during 2011 was a result of significant increased sales due to the growth of our business although we have continued to make significant investments in headcount, increased expenses incurred as a result of becoming a public company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, and other expenses incurred to grow our business. During 2011, $54.5 million, or 85%, of our net loss of $63.9 million consisted of non-cash items, including a $42.6 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $4.5 million of stock-based compensation, $3.7 million of depreciation and amortization, a $2.5 million reduction of revenue for the issuance of a common stock warrant in connection with our distributor agreement with ADP, $0.6 million of non-cash interest expense, approximately $0.5 million in foreign exchange losses, and a $0.2 million non-cash expense related to a charitable contribution of 20,000 shares of our common stock to a non-profit organization in February 2011. In addition to these non-cash items, we incurred $0.6 million in expenses associated with our secondary offering that we withdrew from in August 2011, which expenses we presented as part of cash flows from financing activities.

Cash provided by operating activities during 2011 also included a $22.2 million increase in deferred revenue due to increased billings during 2011, a $3.3 million increase in accrued expenses and a $0.9 million increase in accounts payable, both attributable to increased expenses associated with the growth of the company, and an increase of $0.7 million in other liabilities. Cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by cash used in operating activities resulting from a $13.3 million increase in accounts receivable attributable to higher billings in the fourth quarter of 2011 due to the growth in our client base, a $1.8 million increase in prepaid and other assets due to an increase in business activity associated with the growth of our business and the timing of payments to vendors, and a $1.3 million increase in deferred commissions due to increased sales during the period.

Cash provided by operating activities during 2010 of $0.2 million was a result of significant increased sales due to the growth in our business. In 2010, $40.9 million, or 85%, of our net loss of $48.4 million consisted of non-cash items, including a $34.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, a $2.9 million reduction of revenue for the issuance of a common stock warrant in conjunction with our distributor agreement with ADP, $2.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.9 million of stock-based compensation, and $0.3 million of non-cash interest expense. The other elements of our cash flows from operating activities during 2010 generally reflected significantly increased sales compared to the prior-year and our continued significant investments in headcount and other expenses to grow our business. We used working capital in a $8.8 million increase in accounts receivable due to significantly increased sales compared to the prior-year. Other uses of working capital included a $0.9 million increase in deferred commissions due to the increased sales, and a $1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, including increased third-party content fees commensurate with the increased sales. These uses of cash were partially offset by a $14.3 million increase in deferred revenue also due to the increased sales, a $2.2 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business, a $1.1 million increase in accrued expenses reflecting the overall growth of our business, including additional vacation and bonus accruals consistent with our growth in headcount, and a $0.7 million increase in other liabilities.

Our use of cash in operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $8.4 million, as we focused on making additional investments in headcount and infrastructure to service existing growth and in anticipation of future growth, adjusted for $3.9 million in non-cash expenses that included a $2.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.3 million in stock-based compensation, and $0.2 million of non-cash interest expense. Working capital uses of cash included a $3.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales activity compared to the prior year, a $0.9 million increase in deferred commissions also due to higher sales activity, and a $0.2 million increase in prepaid expense and other assets, including increased third-party content inventory and software licenses. These uses of cash were offset in part by a $5.1 million increase in deferred revenue, due to higher sales activity, a $1.7 million increase in accrued expenses due to increased accrued patent license fees, accrued international and sales taxes, and additional vacation, bonus and commission accruals consistent with our growth in headcount, and a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business.

 

54


Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to develop our capitalized software as well as to purchase computer equipment and furniture and fixtures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.

We used $3.9 million of cash in investing activities in 2011, primarily due to $3.0 million of investments in our capitalized software and approximately $0.8 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $1.5 million in purchases of additional equipment during the period for our expanding infrastructure and workforce that were primarily financed through $1.1 million in capital leases and other financing arrangements and through $0.7 million under our SVB Credit Facility. In addition, we financed through capital leases approximately $0.4 million of previous investments in fixed assets during 2011 which were previously reflected in accounts payable at December 31, 2010.

We used $2.9 million of cash in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to $1.9 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.8 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $3.1 million in purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and workforce, which were primarily financed through $2.3 million in capital lease financing. In addition, we used $0.2 million of cash for investments in trademarks and a patent license.

We used $1.6 million of cash in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to $1.5 million of investments in capitalized software and $0.1 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $1.6 million in purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force, which were primarily financed through $1.5 million in capital lease financing.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

The cash provided by financing activities of $80.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to $90.5 million of proceeds from our initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before offering expenses. In addition, cash provided by financing activities was also due to the receipt of $4.7 million in proceeds from the exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock and stock options and borrowings of $0.7 million under our SVB Credit Facility to finance the purchase of additional equipment and software. These proceeds were partially offset by payments of $9.2 million to repay the then outstanding debt, payments of costs of $3.4 million related to our initial public offering, payments of $2.0 million on our capital lease obligations and other financing arrangements, and payments of costs of $0.6 million related to our withdrawn secondary offering.

The cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2010 of $1.7 million was primarily due to $20.7 million of borrowings on our lines of credit with Comerica and Silicon Valley Bank and $0.9 million of proceeds due to exercise of stock options, partially offset by $11.8 million of payments on our Comerica credit facility, $6.6 million of payments on our SVB Credit Facility, $1.3 million of payments on our capital lease obligations, and $0.3 million of paid legal and accounting costs related to our initial public offering.

The cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2009 of $8.0 million was primarily due to approximately $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock financing and $4.0 million borrowed under a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, partially offset by $2.3 million of payments on our line of credit, $2.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.3 million in payments on our capital lease obligations.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, leases for our office space, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and contractual commitments for hosting and other support services. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

            Year Ending December 31,  
     Total      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter  

Long-term debt obligations

   $ 721       $ 293       $ 283       $ 145       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Capital lease obligations

     2,861         1,751         736         350         20         4         —     

Operating lease obligations

     17,653         1,611         2,383         2,280         2,575         2,767         6,037   

Other contractual obligations

     675         475         200         —           —           —           —     

At December 31, 2011, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million which are attributable to foreign income taxes and interest and penalties, are not included in the table above because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the time of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.

 

55


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

During June 2011, we signed a standby letter of credit in British Pounds in relation to a foreign sales arrangement with a customer in the United Kingdom in the amount of approximately $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011. The standby letter of credit was reduced to approximately $0.2 million at November 30, 2011 and we expect the amount to be subsequently reduced to approximately $0.1 million at May 30, 2012. These amounts were calculated based on exchange rates in effect on December 31, 2011. As a result, at December 31, 2011, we had restricted cash of $0.1 million and $0.1 million in current and non-current other assets, respectively.

During December 2011, we signed a standby letter of credit in relation to our building lease for our office space in Santa Monica, California in the amount of $1.0 million. As a result, our SVB Credit Facility was reduced by $1.0 million.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy has historically been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash and that mature within three months from the date of purchase. After receiving proceeds from our initial public offering, in April and May 2011, we invested $42.4 million in money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills with average maturities of 40 days, classified as cash equivalents, and purchased $34.1 million of United States Treasury Bills, with maturities ranging between four and eight months, classified as available-for-sale securities. During the year ended December 31, 2011, all of these investments matured and were invested in money market funds rather than United States Treasury Bills. These money market funds are classified as cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2011. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.

As discussed above, we invest in cash equivalents primarily consisting of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills, certificates of deposit, and marketable securities backed by United States Treasury Bills. At December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $85.4 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. At December 31, 2011, all amounts previously invested in 2011 had matured during 2011.

The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

We do not believe our cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our historical revenue has primarily been denominated in U.S. Dollars, and a significant portion of our current revenue continues to be denominated in U.S. Dollars. However, we expect an increasing portion of our future revenue to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Great British Pound and Euro. To a lesser extent, we also have revenue denominated in Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, New Zealand Dollars, Japanese Yen, and Singapore Dollars. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts at December 31, 2011 would result in a

 

56


Table of Contents

foreign currency loss of approximately $1.0 million. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, primarily the United States and, to a much lesser extent, the United Kingdom, other European Union countries, Canada, India and Israel. Increases and decreases in our foreign-denominated revenue from movements in foreign exchange rates are partially offset by the corresponding decreases or increases in our foreign-denominated operating expenses.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts although we are considering doing so in the future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Counterparty Risk

Our financial statements are subject to counterparty credit risk, which we consider as part of the overall fair value measurement. We attempt to mitigate this risk through credit monitoring procedures.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     58   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     59   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     60   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     61   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     62   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     63   

 

57


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 6, 2012

 

58


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
Assets     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 85,409      $ 7,067   

Accounts receivable, net

     34,110        20,876   

Deferred commissions

     3,537        2,330   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,789        1,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     126,845        32,142   

Capitalized software development costs, net

     4,106        2,662   

Property and equipment, net

     3,663        3,976   

Deferred offering costs

     —          2,888   

Other assets, net

     748        1,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 135,362      $ 42,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)     

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 3,834      $ 4,554   

Accrued expenses

     8,039        6,556   

Deferred revenue, current portion

     52,338        32,745   

Capital lease obligations, current portion

     1,617        1,369   

Debt, current portion

     265        14   

Other liabilities

     996        760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     67,089        45,998   

Other liabilities, non-current

     806        981   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     3,542        1,073   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     1,056        1,523   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     409        8,705   

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     —          39,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     72,902        98,036   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 0 and 3,224 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —          2,144   

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 0 and 2,600 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —          3,250   

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 0 and 2,456 shares authorized and 0 and 2,031 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —          3,250   

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 0 and 14,417 shares authorized and 0 and 10,625 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —          22,122   

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 0 and 7,030 shares authorized and 0 and 5,273 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     —          11,323   

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 and 50,000 shares authorized, 49,274 and 10,586 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010

     5        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     226,916        597   

Accumulated deficit

     (164,651     (97,802

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     190        (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     62,460        (97,231
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ 135,362      $ 42,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Revenue (net of $2,500, $2,877 and $0 of a reduction of revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, relating to common stock warrants)

   $ 73,022      $ 43,731      $ 29,322   

Cost of revenue

     21,285        14,280        8,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     51,737        29,451        20,646   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling and marketing

     45,773        28,134        18,886   

Research and development

     10,149        5,602        2,791   

General and administrative

     15,122        8,555        4,329   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,044        42,291        26,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (19,307     (12,840     (5,360

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     20        3        32   

Interest expense

     (902     (1,113     (691

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (42,559     (34,073     (2,147

Other, net

     (971     (210     (154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (44,412     (35,393     (2,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (63,719     (48,233     (8,320

Provision for income taxes

     (181     (137     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (63,900   $ (48,370   $ (8,392

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

     (5,208     (8,235     (2,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (69,108   $ (56,605   $ (10,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.74   $ (6.15   $ (1.24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     39,824        9,206        8,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

 

     Common
Stock
     Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total  
     Shares     Par
Value
     Shares     At
Cost
         

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     9,105      $ 1         (650   $ (462   $ 65      $ (34,874   $ —        $ (35,270

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           —          —          (421     (1,651     —          (2,072

Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock

     48        —           —          —          10        —          —          10   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           —          —          346        —          —          346   

Comprehensive loss:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     —          —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (8,392     —          (8,392
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                    (8,392
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     9,153        1         (650     (462     —          (44,917     —          (45,378

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           —          —          (3,720     (4,515     —          (8,235

Issuance of common stock warrants

     —          —           —          —          3,072        —          —          3,072   

Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock

     2,083        —           —          —          742        —          —          742   

Retirement of treasury stock

     (650     —           650        462        (462     —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           —          —          965        —          —          965   

Comprehensive loss:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     —          —           —          —          —          —          (27     (27

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (48,370     —          (48,370
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                    (48,397
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     10,586        1         —          —          597        (97,802     (27     (97,231

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —           —          —          (2,259     (2,949     —          (5,208

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     28,809        3         —          —          132,772        —          —          132,775   

Issuance of common stock for the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock

     898        —           —          —          474        —          —          474   

Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering, net of issuance costs

     7,500        1         —          —          86,852        —          —          86,853   

Issuance of common stock to a non-profit organization

     20        —           —          —          193        —          —          193   

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

     1,461        —           —          —          1,017        —          —          1,017   

Issuance of a common stock warrant

     —          —           —          —          2,500        —          —          2,500   

Vesting of early exercised options

     —          —           —          —          82        —          —          82   

Tax withholding on net exercise of stock-based awards

     —          —           —          —          (48     —          —          (48

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           —          —          4,736        —          —          4,736   

Comprehensive loss:

                 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     —          —           —          —          —          —          217        217   

Net loss

     —          —           —          —          —          (63,900     —          (63,900
                 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                    (63,683
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     49,274      $ 5         —        $ —        $ 226,916      $ (164,651   $ 190      $ 62,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (63,900   $ (48,370   $ (8,392

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,714        2,636        1,286   

Non-cash interest expense

     579        331        118   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     42,559        34,073        2,147   

Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)

     460        (49     —     

Charges related to the issuance of common stock warrants to a distributor

     2,500        2,877        —     

Stock-based compensation expense

     4,502        907        331   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     —          47        —     

Withdrawn secondary offering expense

     555        —          —     

Non-cash charitable contribution of common stock

     193        —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (13,308     (8,751     (3,272

Deferred commissions

     (1,274     (885     (881

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,804     (970     (282

Accounts payable

     915        2,215        468   

Accrued expenses

     3,314        1,124        1,674   

Deferred revenue

     22,161        14,311        5,146   

Other liabilities

     666        670        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     1,832        166        (1,633
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (784     (818     (76

Capitalized software costs

     (3,022     (1,888     (1,495

Purchases of intangible assets

     —          (192     (28

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

     34,000        —          —     

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

     (34,079     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,885     (2,898     (1,599
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions

     90,539        —          —     

Payments of initial public offering costs

     (3,436     (250     —     

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock upon warrant exercises

     3,163        —          —     

Payments of withdrawn secondary offering costs

     (555     —          —     

Proceeds from the issuance of debt

     669        20,700        3,947   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —          —          8,700   

Issuance costs for preferred stock

     —          —          (32

Repayment of debt

     (9,207     (18,355     (4,300

Principal payments under capital lease and financing obligations

     (1,977     (1,265     (322

Proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises

     1,491        908        10   

Payment of withholding tax on net exercise of stock-based awards

     (48     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     80,639        1,738        8,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (244     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     78,342        (994     4,771   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     7,067        8,061        3,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 85,409      $ 7,067      $ 8,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 543      $ 909      $ 573   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 104      $ 44      $ —     

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

   $ 132,775      $ —        $ —     

Assets acquired under capital leases and other financing arrangements

   $ 1,131      $ 2,305      $ 1,496   

Capitalized assets financed by accounts payable

   $ 25      $ 362      $ 3   

Capitalized stock-based compensation

   $ 234      $ 58      $ 15   

Capitalized patent license acquired under installment obligations

   $ —        $ 688      $ —     

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —        $ 2,638      $ —     

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Company Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Cornerstone” or the “Company”) was incorporated on May 24, 1999 in the state of Delaware and began its principal operations in November 1999.

The Company is a global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”). The Company’s solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content.

The Company is headquartered in Santa Monica, California and has offices in Paris, London, Munich, Mumbai, Madrid and Tel Aviv.

Initial Public Offering

In March 2011, the Company completed its initial public offering whereby it sold 7,500,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.00 per share. The Company’s shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. The Company received proceeds from its initial public offering of $90.5 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before offering expenses of $3.7 million. Offering costs at December 31, 2010 of $2.9 million which were recorded in other non-current assets and additional offering costs of approximately $0.8 million that were incurred from January 2011 to the completion of the initial public offering were reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

As part of the offering, an additional 4,575,000 shares of common stock were sold by certain existing stockholders at a price of $13.00 per share, including 1,575,000 shares sold by such stockholders upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of such shares by the selling stockholders.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to: (i) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, (ii) the valuation of common stock, preferred stock and stock warrants, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the collectability of accounts receivable, (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of standalone value and estimates of the selling price of multiple-deliverables in the Company’s revenue arrangements, (vi) fair values of investments in marketable securities and (vii) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of

 

63


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, the Company engaged third-party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of its preferred and common stock. Such estimates required the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs.

Withdrawn Secondary Offering

On July 20, 2011, in connection with a proposed secondary offering of shares of common stock by the Company and certain existing stockholders (“the secondary offering”), the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). On August 8, 2011, pursuant to Rule 477 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company requested that the SEC consent to the withdrawal of the Registration Statement, including all amendments and exhibits. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.6 million in connection with the proposed secondary offering which were recorded in other, net, within other income (expense) in the Company’s statements of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been reclassified to conform to the current-year presentation.

Segments

Management has determined that it operates in one segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for a period.

Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, as the Company had convertible preferred stock outstanding, and, as the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock were entitled to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, the Company used the two-class method in calculating earnings per share for periods in which the Company generated net income. As the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock were not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company, no such allocation was made for any periods presented given the Company’s net losses.

The Company may grant restricted stock under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“2010 Plan”) (Note 9). As the holders of the Company’s restricted stock under the 2010 Plan are both entitled to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, the Company uses the two-class method in calculating earnings per share for periods in which the Company generates income. As restricted stock holders are not contractually obligated to share in the losses, for periods where the Company generates losses, no allocation of losses is made to the restricted stock.

The two-class method requires net income to be allocated between the classes of stockholders, whether vested or unvested, based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared.

Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is based on the weighted-average number shares of common stock outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of share-based awards and the potential dilutive effect of warrants and convertible preferred stock. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented because the Company has reported net losses and the effects of including the potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the following sources:

 

   

Subscriptions to the Company’s solution —Clients pay subscription fees for access to the Company’s comprehensive learning and talent management software solution (referred to as the “solution”) for a

 

64


Table of Contents
 

specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of clouds the client can access and the number of users having access to those clouds. The Company generally recognizes revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.

 

   

Consulting services —The Company offers its clients assistance in implementing its solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management, and education and training services. Consulting services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months from the inception of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Consulting services are performed by the Company directly or by third-party professional service providers the Company hires. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. Consulting services fees are based on the type of service being performed.

 

   

E-learning content —The Company resells third-party on-line training content, referred to as e-learning content, to its clients. In addition, the Company also hosts other e-learning content provided by its clients.

The Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of the solution or consulting services exists, (ii) the solution has been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount the Company recognizes as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. The Company considers that delivery of the solution has commenced once it provides the client with log-in information to access and use the solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the non-standard acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Standard acceptance or performance clauses relate to the Company’s solution meeting certain perfunctory operating thresholds. Fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected. The majority of client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to the Company’s software solution and consulting services. The Company therefore recognizes revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13. As clients do not have the right to the underlying software code for the solution, the Company’s revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance. The Company’s agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of the Company’s default.

For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. The Company has determined that the solution has standalone value, because, once access is given to a client, the solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or clients themselves can perform these services without the Company’s involvement. The consulting services assist clients with the configuration and integration of the Company’s solution. The performance of these services generally does not require highly specialized or skilled individuals and are not essential to the functionality of the solution.

Based on the standalone value of the deliverables, and since clients do not have a general right of return relative to the included consulting services, the Company allocates revenue among the separate deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in descending order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”).

The Company is not able to determine VSOE or TPE for its deliverables, because the deliverables are sold separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to the Company’s solution. Accordingly, the selling prices of subscriptions to the solution and consulting services is based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature

 

65


Table of Contents

of the deliverables themselves; the geography, market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale; internal costs; and pricing and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by senior management. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and as circumstances may require.

After the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement based on the relative selling price method is determined, revenue is recognized for each deliverable based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to the solution, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically three years. For consulting services, revenue is recognized using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

In a limited number of cases, multiple deliverable arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from the solution, such as when the client’s intended use of the solution requires enhancements to its underlying features and functionality. In these cases, revenue is recognized for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis from the point at which the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client, through the remaining term of the agreement.

For arrangements in which the Company resells third-party e-learning training content to clients or hosts client or third-party e-learning training content provided by the client, revenue is recognized in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal or report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes third-party content revenue at the gross amount invoiced to clients when (i) the Company is the primary obligor, (ii) the Company has latitude to establish the price charged, and (iii) the Company bears the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving the sale of third-party content, clients are charged for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users, and revenue is recognized at the gross amount invoiced as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase third-party content directly from a third-party vendor, or provide it themselves, and the Company integrates the content into the solution, the Company charges a hosting fee. In such cases, hosting fees are recognized at the net amount charged by the Company for hosting services as the content is delivered.

Revenue generated from sales arrangements through distributors, including revenue generated through the Company’s five-year global distributor agreement with ADP described below, is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies as described above at the amount invoiced to the distributor. In these arrangements, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes revenue at the net amount invoiced to the distributor, as opposed to the gross amount the distributor invoices their end customer, as the Company has determined that (i) the Company in not the primary obligor in these arrangements, (ii) the Company does not have latitude to establish the price charged to the end-customer and (iii) the Company does not bear the credit risk in the transaction.

In connection with a five-year global distributor agreement entered into in May 2009 with a global distributor, ADP, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to ADP. The warrant agreement provided that ADP was eligible to earn fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.53 per share if ADP met specified sales targets for each contract year until the earlier of the completion of the five-year term of the distributor agreement or the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. When ADP achieved the defined sales target and earned a warrant, the Company recorded the fair value of such warrant as a reduction of revenue. For the first contract year ended June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue were recorded, based on the Company’s conclusion that the defined sales targets had not been met by ADP.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded reductions of revenue of $2.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, in connection with the issuance of warrants to ADP. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as reduction of revenue as the agreement provides ADP with the right to be the distributor of the Company’s services and the Company estimates that ADP will purchase additional services from the Company. See Note 8 for additional information about warrants under the ADP agreement.

The Company records amounts that have been invoiced to its clients in accounts receivable and in either deferred revenue or revenue depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period from the respective balance sheet date is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

 

66


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting the Company’s solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, and related expenses for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support staff; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. Costs associated with providing consulting services are recognized as incurred when the services are performed. Out-of-pocket travel costs related to the delivery of professional services are typically reimbursed by the client and are accounted for as both revenue and expense in the period in which the cost is incurred.

Accounting for Commission Payments

The Company defers commissions paid to its sales force because these amounts are recoverable from the future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. Commissions are deferred on the balance sheet and are amortized to sales and marketing expense over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are considered direct and incremental costs to client agreements and are generally paid in the periods the Company receives payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company deferred $7.7 million, $4.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of commissions on the balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company amortized $6.5 million, $3.6 million and $1.9 million to sales and marketing expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, deferred commissions on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets totaled $3.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Research & Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair value.

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based compensation awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of the Company’s common stock (for periods prior to the Company’s initial public offering), estimated volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and estimated dividend yield. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based compensation awards represents the Company’s best estimates, based on management judgment. The Company uses the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected or contractual life of the option, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not declared, and does not currently intend to declare, dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once the Company has determined the estimated fair value of its stock-based compensation awards, it recognizes the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. Estimated forfeitures are based upon the Company’s historical experience and the Company revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.

 

67


Table of Contents

Information related to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions is as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.7     2.0     2.9

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        5.8   

Estimated dividend yield

     —       —       —  

Estimated volatility

     56.9     59.3     61.6

Due to the full valuation allowance provided on its net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of the solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of its future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to the solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The Company does not transfer ownership of, or lease its software to its clients.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, capitalized software development costs totaled $11.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $7.5 million and $5.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, $3.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.5 million, respectively, of software development costs were capitalized, and $1.9 million, $1.2 million, $0.9 million, respectively, were amortized. Based on the Company’s capitalized software costs at December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense of $2.0 million, $1.5 million and $0.6 million is expected to be recognized in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Warrants to Purchase Common and Preferred Stock

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names and has accounted for these warrants in stockholders’ equity at fair value upon issuance, based on the specific terms of such warrant arrangements.

In addition, in connection with a five-year global distributor agreement with ADP entered into in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to ADP. See Note 8 for additional information about warrants under the ADP agreement.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings and accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock were redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may have obligated the Company to transfer assets to the warrant holders. The preferred stock warrants were recorded at fair value at the time of issuance. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants

 

68


Table of Contents

each reporting period were recorded as part of other income (expense) in the Company’s statement of operations until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrants; or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering. Upon the initial public offering, all the warrants to purchase preferred stock expired, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants automatically became warrants to purchase common stock and were classified as equity. Prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, all warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised (See Note 8). The fair value of the preferred stock warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Comprehensive Income or Loss

Comprehensive income or loss encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net loss and currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, accumulated other comprehensive loss included a cumulative translation adjustment which was insignificant.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, the Company considers projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. To date, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to zero, as it has determined that it is not more likely than not that any of the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company has assessed its income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where the Company has determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is determined there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in the value, including investments with original or remaining maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash balances of $13.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively, and money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills of $71.5 million and $0, respectively. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investments in Marketable Securities

The Company’s available-for-sale investments in marketable securities are recorded at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of stockholders’ equity until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. When the Company determines that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred for debt securities that the Company does not then currently intend to sell, the Company recognizes the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment in other income (expense) and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component is identified as the amount of the present value of cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security, based on cash flow projections. In determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists, the Company considers: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer of the securities; and (iii) the Company’s intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The cost of marketable

 

69


Table of Contents

securities sold is determined based on the specific identification method and any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of interest income or expense. In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be sold during the normal operating cycle of the business. At December 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no available-for-sale marketable securities.

Restricted Cash

Included in current and non-current other assets at December 31, 2011 were restricted cash of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in relation to a standby letter of credit in British Pounds for a foreign sales arrangement with a customer in the United Kingdom. The letter of credit will be reduced to approximately $0.1 million on May 30, 2012. At December 31, 2010, the Company had restricted cash of $0.3 million for an irrevocable standby letter of credit held at Silicon Valley Bank which was released during 2011.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company bases its allowance for doubtful accounts on its historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Beginning balance, January 1

   $ 32      $ —     

Additions and adjustments

     203        39   

Write-offs

     (82     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31

   $ 153      $ 32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to seven years (Note 4).

The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized.

Intangibles Assets, Net

Included in Other Assets are intangible assets comprised of trademarks and a patent license which are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. At December 31, 2011, and 2010, intangible assets were $0.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.2, and $0.8 million, net of accumulated amortization of $67,000, respectively. Based on the Company’s intangible asset balance at December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense of $112,000, $81,000, $74,000, $59,000 and $52,000 is expected to be recognized in 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Useful lives of trademarks and the patent license are estimated at ten years.

 

70


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long Lived Assets including Capitalized Software Costs

The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company assesses recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment. To date, there have been no impairments of long-lived assets identified.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:

 

   

Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that management has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs.

Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s warrants to purchase preferred stock were measured using unobservable inputs that required a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus were classified as Level 3 inputs (Note 5). All of the warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised in March 2011, and the Company recorded changes to the fair value of the warrants through the respective warrant exercise dates. Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, all of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with three financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Accounts receivable include amounts due from clients with principal operations primarily in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenue. No single client had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Transaction gains and losses were insignificant for all periods presented and are included in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Company has entities in various different countries. For entities where the local currency is different than the functional currency, the local currency financial statements have been remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency using the current exchange rate for monetary accounts and historical exchange rates for nonmonetary accounts, with exchange differences on remeasurement included in other income (loss). To the extent that the functional currency is different than the U.S Dollar, the financial statements have then been translated into U.S. Dollars using period-end exchanges rates for assets and liabilities and average exchanges rates for the results of operations. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in the consolidated balance sheets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “ Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ” This update requires companies to present reclassification adjustments included in other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements and allows companies to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It also eliminates the option for companies to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. This guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with earlier adoption permitted. Adoption of this ASU will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, however, such adoption will result in the Company changing the presentation of comprehensive income as the Company currently presents comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

3. NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents the basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (69,108   $ (56,605   $ (10,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, excluding shares issued upon early exercise of unvested options

     39,824        9,206        8,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.74 )     $ (6.15 )     $ (1.24 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Options to purchase common stock and restricted stock units

     5,845         5,617         5,134   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     30         60         —     

Common stock warrants

     130         929         497   

Preferred stock warrants

     —           5,602         5,602   

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     —           23,753         23,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     6,005         35,961         34,986   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents
4. OTHER BALANCE SHEET AMOUNTS

The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Useful Life      December 31,  
        2011     2010  

Computer equipment and software

     2 – 5 years       $ 7,403      $ 5,961   

Furniture and fixtures

     7 years         238        239   

Leasehold improvements

     2 – 6 years         217        217   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        7,858        6,417   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (4,195     (2,441
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

      $ 3,663      $ 3,976   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.8 million, $1.3 million, $0.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, property and equipment includes computer equipment and software under capital leases with a cost basis of $3.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively, and accumulated depreciation of $2.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Depreciation of computer equipment and software under capital leases was $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The balance of accrued expenses is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Accrued bonuses

   $ 3,643       $ 1,582   

Other accrued expenses

     4,396         4,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 8,039       $ 6,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash equivalents

   $ 71,521       $ 71,521       $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —     

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ (39,756   $ —         $ —         $ (39,756

The Company’s cash equivalents at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury Bills. Cash equivalents are classified as Level 1.

 

73


Table of Contents

The Company’s preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below based on assumptions summarized in Note 8 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010      2009  

Fair value at beginning of period

   $ 39,756      $ 5,683       $ 2,282   

Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities recorded in the statement of operations

     42,559        34,073         2,147   

Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock warrants

     —          —           1,254   

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

     (82,315     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

   $ —        $ 39,756       $ 5,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. DEBT

Comerica Bank

In September 2007, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica Bank Credit Facility”).

The Comerica Bank Credit Facility was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. In August 2010, the Company terminated the Comerica Bank Credit Facility and repaid all outstanding amounts with proceeds from a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, as discussed below.

Ironwood Equity Fund LP

In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014. The senior subordinated promissory note called for interest to be paid at an annual rate of 11.3% on a monthly basis in arrears beginning on April 30, 2009. In connection with the borrowing, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 484,849 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $0.5 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 66.9%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 6.8 years and zero estimated dividend yield. In August 2010, the Company issued Ironwood Equity Fund LP a fully vested warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (Note 8) in return for Ironwood Equity LP consenting to the Company entering into the credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank described below. The fair value of the warrants of $11,000 was recorded to other income (expense), net and was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 65.1%, risk-free rate of 0.7%, term of 10 years and zero estimated dividend yield. The note included a right in favor of Ironwood Equity Fund LP to require the Company to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 103%, together with accrued interest, if the Company completed an initial public offering or upon the occurrence of a change of control between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011. This contingent interest payment feature represented an embedded derivative, which was valued at approximately $66,000 at December 31, 2010 and was recorded in other liabilities. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding borrowing was $4.0 million, including discount of $0.5 million, and was classified as long-term debt.

Immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, both warrants issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP were net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 426,963 shares of common stock (Note 8).

In March 2011, at the option of the noteholder, upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the offering to pay all obligations under the note, including the outstanding principal of $4.0 million, a contingent interest payment of $120,000, and accrued interest of $27,500. Upon the payment of such amounts to the noteholder, the remaining unamortized debt discount of approximately $335,000 and debt issuance costs of $47,000 were recorded as interest expense.

Silicon Valley Bank

In August 2010, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB Credit Facility”) with a maturity of August 2012. Borrowings available under the SVB Credit Facility are determined based on

 

74


Table of Contents

a formula-basis and a non-formula basis. The amount available under the formula-basis is determined based on a multiple of contracted monthly recurring revenue. The contracted monthly recurring revenue is defined as the aggregate total contract value pursuant to eligible recurring contracts less non-recurring contracts related to consulting services allocated for billing purposes on a monthly basis over the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less solution subscription client agreements that expired during the period. Through December 31, 2010 up to $5.0 million was available on a non-formula basis. On January 1, 2011, the non-formula availability decreased from $5.0 million to $2.5 million, and on July 1, 2011, the non-formula availability decreased to zero. Interest is payable monthly and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5% if the debt outstanding is less than or equal to $5.0 million and prime plus 2.5% if the debt outstanding is greater than $5.0 million. The SVB Credit Facility carries certain financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum unrestricted cash balance, a liquidity coverage ratio and achievement of defined performance criteria. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. The Company believes that an event of default as a result of a material adverse change is remote. The SVB Credit Facility prohibits the Company from the payment of dividends. The SVB Credit Facility is collateralized by certain assets of the Company.

In connection with the SVB Credit Facility, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank a fully vested warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (Note 8). The fair value of the warrants of $0.2 million was recorded as a debt issuance cost within other assets and was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 65.1%, risk-free rate of 0.7%, term of 10 years and zero estimated dividend yield.

In connection with entering into the SVB Credit Facility, the Company repaid all outstanding balances under the Comerica facility, and the Comerica facility was terminated. Immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, the warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank was net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 65,769 shares of common stock. In March 2011, all the then outstanding principal together with unpaid accrued interest were repaid with proceeds from the initial public offering.

In May 2011, the Company amended the SVB Credit Facility to allow for loan advances, in addition to the amount available under the line of credit, for up to $3.0 million in total for the purchase of software and equipment. Advances for the purchase of software and equipment may be drawn through May 2012, have an interest rate of prime plus 1.25%, and are repayable monthly over a period of either 12 or 36 months, depending on the items purchased. Any borrowings for the purchase of software and equipment under the SVB Credit Facility survive the original maturity of August 2012 and any additional borrowings will be payable in accordance to the individual loan advances. In May 2011, the Company borrowed approximately $0.7 million for the purchase of software and equipment, payable monthly through May 2014.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $0.5 million, of which $0.2 million was classified as current debt and $0.3 million was classified as long-term debt. At December 30, 2011, $15.7 million was available to support future borrowings under the SVB Credit Facility.

The SVB Credit Facility expires in August 2012 although the borrowings under the software and equipment loan extend through 2014. The Company is currently evaluating an extension of the SVB Credit Facility. To the extent that the Company does not extend or renew its SVB Credit Facility, or replaces it with a new facility that does not back the letters of credit, the Company will be required to post collateral in the form of restricted cash equal to 110% of the outstanding value of the letters of credit. Letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2011 totaled $1.6 million.

Maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2011 were as follows for each year ending December (in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 293   

2013

     283   

2014

     145   

2015

     —     

2016

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total maturities

     721   

Less: unamortized debt discount

     (47
  

 

 

 

Total, net of debt discount

   $ 674   
  

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

The weighted-average interest rate on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 7.4% and 6.0%, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt was $0.7 million and $8.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair value was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using appropriate current discount rates, taking into consideration the particular terms of the borrowing agreements, at the end of the respective periods. The carrying value of the Company’s line of credit is considered to approximate fair market value, as the interest rates of these instruments are based predominantly on variable reference rates. These estimates involve considerable judgment and changes in those assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Although the Company has determined the estimated fair value amounts using commonly accepted valuation methodologies, judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. These amounts have not been revalued since those dates, and current estimates of fair value could differ significantly from the amounts presented.

 

7. CAPITALIZATION

As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s authorized stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share. No shares of preferred stock are issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes preferred stock amounts for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 2,144      $ 3,250      $ 3,250      $ 15,186      $ —        $ 23,830   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —          —          1,442        630        2,072   

Issuance of 5,273 shares of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities

     —          —          —          —          7,952        7,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

     2,144        3,250        3,250        16,628        8,582        33,854   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —          —          5,494        2,741        8,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     2,144        3,250        3,250        22,122        11,323        42,089   

Accretion of preferred stock

     —          —          —          3,430        1,778        5,208   

Exercise of preferred stock warrants

     —          —          4,153        56,945        24,380        85,478   

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock

     (2,144     (3,250     (7,403     (82,497     (37,481     (132,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Convertible Preferred Stock Issuance and Conversions

In January 2009, the Company issued 5,272,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at $1.65 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million. The investors also received warrants to purchase 1,054,543 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (Note 8). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $0.7 million and the remaining residual value of $8.0 million was allocated to the Series E Preferred Stock. The warrants were fully vested upon issuance and are immediately exercisable and non-forfeitable. The fair value of the warrants at issuance of $0.7 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 67.2%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 5.17 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Since the Series E Preferred Stock was redeemable, the Company accreted the carrying value of the Series E Preferred Stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.

Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering in March 2011, all of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into 28,809,031 shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Terms of Preferred Stock

Prior to the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock in March 2011, the rights and preferences of the preferred stock were as follows:

Voting

The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together and not as separate classes and there is no series voting other than for the election of directors as described below.

Each holder of preferred stock was entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted, not including fractional shares, as of the record date. The holders of shares of the preferred stock were entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock was entitled to vote.

Dividends

The holders of preferred stock were entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to dividends declared or paid to common stock, when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock was in proportion to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock was convertible; however, any dividends would first be paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock. No dividends could be paid on common stock unless an equivalent dividend was also paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.

No dividends have been declared or paid since inception.

Liquidation

A “Liquidity Event” included (i) a sale, acquisition or merger of the Company (in which a change of voting control occurs), (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Upon any Liquidity Event, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock was entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on each of the respective shares of preferred stock or such lesser amounts as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock. If upon the Liquidity Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock were insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution would have been distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would originally be entitled to receive.

 

77


Table of Contents

After payment of the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock was entitled to receive, before any payments were made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.00 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as approved by the holders of the majority of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event were insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders shared ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they were owed.

After payment of the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock was entitled to receive, before any payments were made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.25 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event were insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders shared ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they were owed.

After payment of the liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock was entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.60 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, or such lesser amount as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event were insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders sharde ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they were owed.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration at or below $150.0 million in total consideration, after full payment is made to the holders of preferred stock as set forth above, the remaining proceeds would have been allocated among the holders of common stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock on a pro-rata as-converted basis.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration above $150.0 million, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock would have received the greater of (i) the amount of consideration that such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150.0 million as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) the amount such holder would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to such distribution.

The preferred stock was presented as mezzanine equity and therefore separately from stockholders’ deficit in the December 31, 2010 consolidated balance sheets since redemption and, under certain circumstances, payment of the liquidation preferences to the preferred stock holders was beyond the control of the Company’s management.

Redemption of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock

At any time after May 10, 2014, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, voting separately, could have required the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, for a cash amount per share equal to the greater of (i) original issue price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of $1.60 and $1.65, respectively, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, or (ii) the then fair market value of such series of preferred stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The carrying value of the respective Series D and Series E Preferred Stock was being accreted to its redemption value over the period to its earliest redemption date of May 10, 2014 using the interest rate method. The Company accreted the preferred stock through March 2011, the date of conversion of the preferred stock to common stock.

 

78


Table of Contents

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock was convertible at the holder’s option at any time into a single share of common stock. The conversion ratio for each respective series of preferred stock was subject to adjustments for a stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, reclassification or other similar event.

The following table summarizes the number of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Total  

Preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009

     3,224        2,600        2,031        10,625        5,273        23,753   

Cash exercise of preferred stock warrants (Note 8)

     —          —          155        208        1,006        1,369   

Net exercise of preferred stock warrants (Note 8)

         197        3,024        466        3,687   

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock

     (3,224     (2,600     (2,383     (13,857     (6,745     (28,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2011

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock to Charitable Organization

On February 28, 2011, the Board of Directors issued 20,000 shares of common stock to a non-profit organization. The fair value of the shares was approximately $0.2 million.

 

8. WARRANTS

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock in connection with debt arrangements, a distributor agreement and the purchase of certain domain names. All warrants were fully vested, non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable upon issuance and are equity classified. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

Common Stock Warrants Outstanding

 

Year of Issuance

   Exercise
Price
per Share
     December 31,         
      2011      2010      Expiration Date  for
Warrants Outstanding at
December 31, 2011
 

2005

   $ 1.60         31         125         June 2012   

2006

   $ 1.60         53         150         September 2013   

2007

   $ 1.60         —           53         —     

2007

   $ 1.60         46         146         May 2014   

2010

   $ 3.50         —           95         —     

2010

   $ 0.01         —           360         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    
        130         929      
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

79


Table of Contents

During 2011, 898,447 shares of common stock, including 133,000 shares issued upon exercise of warrants that were granted to ADP in 2011 as discussed below, were issued upon the exercise of common stock warrants at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share.

On May 6, 2009, the Company entered into a five-year global distributor agreement with ADP that provides ADP the right to distribute the Company’s software solution to its customers under ADP’s name. In connection with the distributor agreement, the Company also entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to ADP. The warrant agreement provided that ADP was eligible to earn fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share if ADP met specified sales targets for each contract year until the earlier of the completion of the five-year term of the distributor agreement or the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. When ADP achieved the defined sales targets and earned a warrant for a contract year, the Company recorded the fair value of such warrant as a reduction of revenue. The Company determined the fair value of these warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporated several estimates and assumptions that were subject to significant judgment.

On November 24, 2010, the Company amended its warrant agreement with ADP to modify certain definitions related to future sales targets, to acknowledge that no warrants would be issued for the contract year ended June 30, 2010 and to remove the anti-dilution provisions in the warrant agreement. In connection with the amendment, the Company issued ADP a fully vested and non-forfeitable warrant to purchase 360,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which was valued at approximately $2.9 million as of the amendment date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This amount was recorded as a reduction of revenue in the fourth quarter of 2010 as the agreement provides ADP with the right to be distributor of the Company’s services and the Company estimates that ADP will purchase additional services from the Company. In issuing this warrant, the Company considered the strategic importance of its ongoing relationship with ADP and the expected timing of the completion of its initial public offering, after which ADP would no longer be eligible to earn any warrants.

At December 31, 2010, the Company did not record any reduction in revenue for the contract year ended June 30, 2011, as the minimum specified sales target had not been achieved to earn the applicable warrant as of December 31, 2010.

Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, ADP was no longer eligible to earn warrants under the warrant agreement. However, ADP remained eligible to earn a warrant for the partial contract year that began on July 1, 2010 and ended on March 22, 2011, the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering, if it met pro-rated specified sales targets for that period. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, no reductions of revenue were recorded because the Company concluded that ADP had not met the pro-rated specified sales targets for such partial contract year based on the Company’s assessment of the contractual terms of the arrangement, and as of March 31, 2011, it was not considered probable that the Company would be required to issue a warrant for such partial contract year. Pursuant to the terms of the arrangement, the Company notified ADP that it had not earned the warrant for such partial year. ADP contended that it had met the pro-rated specified sales target for the partial contract year that would entitle ADP to a warrant to purchase 443,048 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share.

During June 2011, in order to resolve a dispute with respect to this matter, the Company issued ADP a fully vested and non-forfeitable warrant to purchase 133,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share. The warrant was valued at approximately $2.5 million using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model as of the issuance date and was recorded as a non-cash reduction of revenue in the quarter ended June 30, 2011. In connection with the Company’s issuance of the warrant described above, ADP agreed and acknowledged that it is no longer eligible to earn or receive any additional warrants exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the distributor agreement.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company had issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. The warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock were accounted for as liabilities at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value were recorded in other income (expense) in the Company’s statement of operations each reporting period. All warrants were fully vested, non-forfeitable and were immediately exercisable on issuance.

 

80


Table of Contents

In March 2011, all warrants to purchase preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 were exercised. The following table summarizes the preferred stock warrant activity during 2011 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

                   For the Year Ended December 31, 2011         

Warrant of Preferred Stock Issued

   Exercise
Price
Per Share
     Outstanding
at December  31,
2010
     Shares
Issued
Upon Net
Exercise
     Shares
Issued Upon
Cash
Exercise
     Outstanding
at December  31,
2011
 

Series C

   $ 1.60         380         197         155         —     

Series D

   $ 2.40         3,333         2,901         —           —     

Series D

   $ 2.40         208         —           208         —     

Series D

   $ 1.60         141         123         —           —     

Series E

   $ 2.40         1,054         43         1,006         —     

Series E

   $ 1.65         485         423         —           —     

The fair value of the warrants to purchase the Company’s preferred stock was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the fair value of the Series C, Series D, and Series E Preferred Stock warrants at each of the respective exercise dates summarized above during March 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

     Series C     Series D     Series E  
     March,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    March,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    March,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.2     0.1     0.2

Expected term (in years)

     —          0.5        —          0.9        —          0.7   

Estimated dividend yield

     —       —       —       —       —       —  

Weighted-average estimated

     43.1     43.8     43.1     43.8     43.1     43.8

Fair value (in thousands)

   $ 3,905      $ 2,945      $ 56,445      $ 25,740      $ 21,965      $ 11,071   

 

81


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, the Company has reserved 130,208 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock.

 

9. STOCK OPTION PLANS

1999 and 2009 Plans

In November 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Plan (“1999 Plan”) as amended. In January 2009, the Company created the 2009 Plan (“2009 Plan”) as amended. Stock options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans. The Board of Directors determines the period over which stock options become exercisable. However, except in specific cases of stock options granted to officers, directors and consultants, stock options become exercisable at a rate of not less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date the stock options are granted. Options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and generally vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably thereafter for the following 36 months. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. If an individual owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, the price of each incentive stock option or non-statutory stock option share must be at least 110% of fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors. The term of the stock options is 10 years except for incentive stock options granted to an individual who owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, in which case the term of the stock options is 5 years. The Company may also grant options that are immediately exercisable upon the Board of Directors’ approval. On September 20, 2010, the Company granted a board member immediately exercisable options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.76 per share. One-third of the options granted vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest ratably thereafter for the following 24 months. The option holder elected to early exercise all of the options for a total purchase price of $165,600. The Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares if the option holder ceases to provide services to the Company. All the shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right were unvested as of December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, 30,000 shares were subject to the Company’s repurchase right. The proceeds received from the early exercise of these options are recorded in other noncurrent liabilities and are subsequently reclassified to equity as they vest.

At December 31, 2011, no shares are issuable under the 1999 and 2009 Plans.

2010 Plan

In March 2011, upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, the Company adopted the 2010 Plan and the Company will no longer grant any additional awards under the 1999 Plan and the 2009 Plan. However, the 1999 Plan and the 2009 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under each respective plan. Upon the adoption of the 2010 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares issuable thereunder was 3,680,480 shares, plus (i) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Plan or 2009 Plan prior to March 16, 2011 that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and (ii) shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Plan and 2009 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company after March 16, 2011, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Plan from the 1999 Plan and 2009 Plan equal to 5,614,369 shares of common stock. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with 2012, by an amount equal to the lesser of 5,500,000 shares, 4.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or such other amount as the Company’s Board of Directors determines.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that are repurchased by the Company or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

 

82


Table of Contents

The 2010 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options to employees and the grant of non-statutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants.

Stock Options

The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2010 Plan must equal at least the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s stock, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company may grant restricted stock under the 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of the Company’s common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the Company. The fair value of each share of restricted stock granted is equal to the grant date fair market value of the Company’s common stock. On December 1, 2011, the Company granted fully vested restricted stock awards for an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock under the 2010 Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company may also grant restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan. The fair value of each restricted stock unit granted is equal to the grant date fair market value of the Company’s common stock. The payment of restricted stock units may be in the form of cash, shares, or in a combination thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors. During 2011, the Company granted 12,500 restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Company may also grant stock appreciation rights under the 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the price of the Company’s common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The payment of stock appreciation rights may be in the form of cash, shares, or in a combination thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2011, no stock appreciation rights had been granted under the 2010 Plan.

Performance Units/Performance Shares

The Company may also grant performance units and performance shares under the 2010 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals for a predetermined performance period, established by the Board of Directors, are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The fair value of each performance unit and performance share awarded is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the close of the applicable performance period. The payment of performance units and performance shares may be in the form of cash, shares, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2011, no performance units or performance shares had been granted under the 2010 Plan.

Under the 2010 Plan, 2,420,282 shares remained available for issuance, at December 31, 2011.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the Company’s 1999, 2009 and 2010 Plans (in thousands, except per share and term information):

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

     5,347      $ 2.33         8.2       $ 35,026   

Granted

     1,674      $ 13.21         9.5      

Exercised

     (1,440   $ 0.68         5.9      

Forfeited

     (106   $ 4.95         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding, December 31, 2011

     5,475      $ 6.04         8.3       $ 66,817   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     2,233      $ 2.24         7.2       $ 35,742   

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011

     5,262      $ 5.83         8.2       $ 65,328   

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable under the Company’s equity incentive plans at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Options Outstanding
at  December 31, 2011
     Options Exercisable
at December 31, 2011
 
     Number      Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
     Number      Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
years)
 
Exercise price            

$0.34

     738         5.4         738         5.4   

$0.53

     585         7.0         461         7.0   

$1.26

     398         8.0         232         8.0   

$1.65

     655         8.3         253         8.3   

$5.93

     505         8.7         164         8.7   

$6.51

     955         8.9         259         8.9   

$8.88

     399         9.0         122         9.0   

$12.54

     333         9.8         —           —     

$13.00

     137         9.2         4         9.2   

$14.34

     337         9.8         —           —     

$15.41

     62         9.7         —           —     

$16.24

     113         9.9         —           —     

$17.16

     35         9.6         —           —     

$17.92

     223         9.5         —           —     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     5,475         8.3         2,233         7.2   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $19.5 million, $9.8 million, and $0, respectively. The Company recognized compensation expense related to options of $3.8 million, $856,000, and $331,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Unrecognized compensation expense relating to stock options was $14.0 million at December 31, 2011 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

 

84


Table of Contents

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $11.9 million, $7.9 million, and $0.4 million, respectively.

On November 19, 2010, the Company modified the exercise price of options to purchase 568,118 shares of common stock that were granted on September 20, 2010 from $2.76 per share to $5.93 per share. The modification of the exercise price did not result in any incremental stock-based compensation expense.

Restricted Stock Awards

On December 1, 2011, the Company granted fully vested restricted stock awards for an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock with an aggregate grant date fair value of $0.1 million, which was recognized as compensation expense in 2011.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 under the Company’s equity incentive plans is summarized as follows (shares in thousands):

 

     Number of Shares     Weighted
Average Grant  Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested shares subject to restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2010

     270      $ 7.55   

Granted

     117        12.30   

Vested

     (17     11.36   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested shares subject to restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2011

     370      $ 8.88   
  

 

 

   

The Company recognized compensation expense related to restricted stock units of $0.6 million and $51,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock units was $2.7 million at December 31, 2011, which is expected to be recognized as expense over the weighted-average period 2.6 years.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is included in the following line items in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Cost of revenue

   $ 581       $ 69       $ 27   

Sales and marketing expense

     1,121         345         221   

Research and development expense

     755         132         22   

General and administrative expense

     2,045         361         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,502       $ 907       $ 331   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

In certain instances the Company is responsible for payroll taxes related to stock options exercised or the underlying shares sold by its employees. The Company accrues its obligations at the time of the exercise of the stock options or the sale of the underlying shares.

 

10. INCOME TAXES

The components of the Company’s loss before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

United States

   $ (60,300   $ (42,341   $ (8,320

Foreign

     (3,419     (5,892     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (63,719 )     $ (48,233 )     $ (8,320 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Current income tax provision:

        

Federal

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

State

     —           —           —     

Foreign

     181         137         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

     181         137         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision:

        

Federal

     —           —           —     

State

     —           —           —     

Foreign

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax provision

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 181       $ 137       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On a consolidated basis, the Company has incurred operating losses and has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for all periods to date and, accordingly, has not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than provisions for foreign income taxes. Certain foreign subsidiaries and branches of the Company provide intercompany services and are compensated on a cost-plus basis, and therefore, have incurred liabilities for foreign income taxes in their respective jurisdictions.

 

86


Table of Contents

The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory rate to income (loss) before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

U.S. Federal tax benefit at statutory rates

   $ (21,688   $ (16,399   $ (2,829

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (916     (561     (335

Preferred stock warrant charges

     14,470        11,585        730   

Permanent differences

     662        361        168   

Other

     425        540        90   

Valuation allowance

     7,228        4,611        2,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 181      $ 137      $ 72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Accrued expenses

   $ 665      $ 505   

Long-lived assets — basis difference

     4,874        3,012   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     20,628        17,151   

Stock-based compensation

     907        61   

Other

     344        102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     27,418        20,831   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred revenue and accounting method change

     (138     (635

Prepaid expenses and deferred commissions

     (582     (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (720     (1,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     26,698        19,467   

Valuation allowance

     (26,698     (19,467
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $50.2 million, $55.5 million and $10.2 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2019, the state net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2012, and the foreign net operating loss has an unlimited carryforward period.

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. Due to the effects of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that the future utilization of a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. The Company has determined that none of its net operating losses will expire because of the annual limitation.

The Company has excluded excess windfall tax benefits resulting from stock option exercises as components of the Company’s gross deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowance disclosures, as tax attributes related to such windfall tax benefits should not be recognized until they result in a reduction of taxes payable. The tax effected amount of gross unrealized net operating loss carryforwards, and their corresponding valuation allowances resulting from stock option exercises was $2.2 million at December 31, 2011. When realized, excess windfall tax benefits are credited to additional paid-in capital.

 

87


Table of Contents

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2011. Management has determined, after evaluating all positive and negative historical and prospective evidence, that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The net increase to the valuation allowance of $7.2 million, $4.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was primarily due to additional net operating losses generated by the Company.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Balance at January 1

   $ 276       $ 148       $ 78   

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     —           128         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 276       $ 276      $ 148  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for uncertain foreign tax positions relate to business in territories outside of the United States.

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense. Interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits of $13,000 were accrued during the 2011 tax year. The amount of accrued interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits were $28,000 and $15,000, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company does not expect the change in uncertain tax positions to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. If the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized, tax expense will reduce by $0.3 million through December 31, 2011. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. Federal income tax returns of the Company are subject to IRS examination for the 2008 through 2011 tax years. State income tax returns are subject to examination for the 2007 through 2011 tax years.

 

11. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Revenue by geographic region, as determined based on the location of the Company’s clients is set forth below (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Revenue

        

United States

   $ 50,874       $ 30,061       $ 22,349   

United Kingdom

     8,612         7,318         4,183   

All other countries

     13,536         6,352         2,790   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 73,022       $ 43,731       $ 29,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue from clients located in the United States is presented net of a $2.5 million and $2.9 million reduction of revenue relating to a common stock warrant issued to ADP during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively (Note 8).

 

88


Table of Contents

Property and equipment by region is set forth below (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Property and equipment, net

     

United States

   $ 2,984       $ 3,165   

United Kingdom

     643         765   

All other countries

     36         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 3,663       $ 3,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12. 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. To date, there have been no contributions made to the plan by the Company.

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for its offices and its managed hosting facility and services. These leases expire at various times through 2019. Certain lease agreements contain renewal options, rent abatement, and escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, commencing when the Company takes possession of the property. Certain of the Company’s office leases entitle the Company to receive a tenant allowance from the landlord. The Company records tenant allowances as a deferred rent credit, which the Company amortizes on a straight-line basis, as a reduction of rent expense, over the term of the underlying lease. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $1.9 million, $1.1 million, $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company finances the purchase of equipment under capital lease arrangements and its SVB Credit Facility (Note 4 and Note 6).

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating and capital leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

2012

   $ 1,611       $ 1,751   

2013

     2,383         736   

2014

     2,280         350   

2015

     2,575         20   

2016

     2,767         4   

Thereafter

     6,037         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 17,653         2,861   
  

 

 

    

Less: Amounts representing interest

        (188
     

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease obligations

        2,673   

Less: Current portion

        (1,617
     

 

 

 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligations

      $ 1,056   
     

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Letters of Credit

During June 2011, the Company signed a standby letter of credit in British Pounds in relation to a foreign sales arrangement with a customer in the United Kingdom in the amount of approximately $0.3 million. The amount of the standby letter of credit was reduced to approximately $0.2 million at November 30, 2011 and will be subsequently reduced to approximately $0.1 million at May 30, 2012. These amounts were calculated based on exchange rates on December 31, 2011.

During December 2011, the Company signed a standby letter of credit in relation to the Company’s building lease for its corporate location in the amount of $1.0 million under the SVB Credit Facility (Note 6).

Other Commitments

In August 2010, the Company entered into a patent license agreement granting the Company a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company has made guarantees and indemnities under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions, including revenue transactions in the ordinary course of business. In connection with certain facility leases, the Company has agreed to indemnify its lessors for certain claims arising from the facility or the lease. The Company is obligated to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. However, the Company has a directors and officers insurance policy that may reduce its exposure in certain circumstances and may enable it to recover a portion of future amounts that may be payable, if any. The duration of the guarantees and indemnities varies and, in many cases, is indefinite but subject to statutes of limitations. To date, the Company has made no payments related to these guarantees and indemnities. The Company estimates the fair value of its indemnification obligations as insignificant based on this history and the Company’s insurance coverage and therefore has not recorded any liability for these guarantees and indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. If the Company determines that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable, the Company will record a liability. The Company has determined that it does not have a potential liability related to any legal proceedings or claims that would individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect its financial conditions or operating results.

Taxes

From time to time, various federal, state and other jurisdictional tax authorities undertake review of the Company and its filings. In evaluating the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, the Company accrues charges for possible exposures. The Company believes any adjustments that may ultimately be required as a result of any of these reviews will not be material to its consolidated financial statements.

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During June 2010, an executive officer of an accounting software company joined the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company recorded $101,000 and $37,000 in expenses related to the use of the accounting software for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 1, 2012, shares issuable under the Company’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan increased by 492,740 shares and shares issuable under the Company’s 2010 Plan increased by 2,217,331 shares in accordance with the automatic annual increase provisions of such plans. No shares have been issued under the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

90


Table of Contents

On January 13, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase intellectual property rights related to a learning application for $0.8 million which was financed through third-party debt agreement. Payments of approximately $0.2 million are due in 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

From January 1, 2012 through March 2, 2012, the Board of Directors granted stock options to purchase 673,332 at a weighted-average exercise price of $18.84 per share. The stock options vest over four years.

 

16. SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared on a basis consistent with the Company’s audited annual financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in these statements.

 

Quarter Ended

 
     (in thousands)  
     Mar. 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
    Dec. 31,
2010
    Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
 

Gross revenue

   $ 9,670      $ 10,613      $ 12,289      $ 14,036      $ 15,747      $ 17,370      $ 20,019      $ 22,386   

Common stock warrant charge (1)

     —          —          —          (2,877     —          (2,500     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

     9,670        10,613        12,289        11,159        15,747        14,870        20,019        22,386   

Cost of revenue

     3,064        3,163        3,898        4,155        4,579        4,953        5,371        6,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,606        7,450        8,391        7,004        11,168        9,917        14,648        16,004   

Operating expenses:

                

Sales and marketing

     6,366        6,580        6,955        8,233        9,845        10,868        11,531        13,529   

Research and development

     1,004        1,141        1,403        2,054        2,322        2,616        2,670        2,541   

General and administrative

     1,416        1,700        2,434        3,005        3,553        3,585        3,439        4,545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,786        9,421        10,792        13,292        15,720        17,069        17,640        20,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,180     (1,971     (2,401     (6,288     (4,552     (7,152     (2,992     (4,611

Other income (expense):

                

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net

     (335     (266     (161     (558     (448     124        (1,233     (296

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (1,272     (3,170     (19,635     (9,996     (42,559     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (3,787     (5,407     (22,197     (16,842     (47,559     (7,028     (4,225     (4,907

Provision for income taxes

     (30     (29     (10     (68     (34     (46     (52     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3,817   $ (5,436   $ (22,207   $ (16,910   $ (47,593   $ (7,074   $ (4,277   $ (4,956

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

   $ (764   $ (1,241   $ (2,719   $ (3,511   $ (5,208   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,581   $ (6,677   $ (24,926   $ (20,421   $ (52,801   $ (7,074   $ (4,277   $ (4,956
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.54   $ (0.78   $ (2.67   $ (1.96   $ (3.65   $ (0.15   $ (0.09   $ (0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     8,526        8,550        9,323        10,404        14,453        47,765        48,018        48,597   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

(1) Represents reductions of revenue related to the issuance of a common stock warrants in each of the respective quarters. See Note 8.

 

91


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

    (a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), refers to controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to a company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.

    (b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) or an attestation report of our independent registered accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

    (c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

92


Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Officers

Our executive officers and their ages as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Adam L. Miller    42    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Perry A. Wallack    42    Chief Financial Officer
Steven D. Seymour    42    Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts
Vincent Belliveau    36    Senior Vice President and General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa
David J. Carter    48    Senior Vice President of Sales
Mark Goldin    50    Chief Technology Officer

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors. There is no family relationship between any of our executive officers or directors.

Adam L. Miller founded the company and has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 1999 and a member of our board of directors since May 1999. In addition to strategy, sales and operations, Mr. Miller has led our product development efforts since our inception. Prior to founding Cornerstone, Mr. Miller was an investment banker with Schroders plc, a financial services firm. Since its formation, Mr. Miller has served as the Chairman of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, which leverages Cornerstone’s expertise, solutions and partner ecosystem to help empower communities. Mr. Miller also writes and speaks extensively about talent management and on-demand software. Mr. Miller holds a J.D. from the School of Law of the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Business, a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania (Penn) and a B.S. from Penn’s Wharton School of Business. He also earned C.P.A. (inactive) and Series 7 certifications.

Perry A. Wallack co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Finance, and later as our Chief Financial Officer, since August 1999. Prior to co-founding the company, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Wallack was a Business Manager with Grant, Tani, Barish and Altman, Inc., a business management firm. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Wallack held several roles including, Staff Accountant, Senior Accountant, and Manager at Ernst & Young LLP, an auditing firm. Mr. Wallack holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor and earned his C.P.A. (inactive) in 1996.

Steven D. Seymour co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Strategic Accounts, and later as our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, since January 2001. Prior to co-founding the company, Mr. Seymour was a Vice President in the High Net Worth group of Schroder plc, a financial services firm. Mr. Seymour holds a B.S. in Economics and a B.A. in English from the University of Southern California.

Vincent Belliveau serves as our Senior Vice President and General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA. Mr. Belliveau served as our General Manager of EMEA from June 2007 until his promotion to Senior Vice President and General Manager of EMEA on October 1, 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Belliveau served as the North East Europe Director of the Master Data Management and Information Integration Solutions division of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company, from July 2005 to May 2007, and its EMEA Sales Director for its WebSphere Product Center Software from September 2004 to July 2005. In addition, from May 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Belliveau served as the European Sales Director at Trigo Technologies, Inc. Early in his career, from November 1997 until January 2000, Mr. Belliveau was a Business Analyst at McKinsey and Company. Mr. Belliveau received his Commerce Baccalaureate (B.Com) from McGill University, where he majored in Accounting and Finance.

David J. Carter serves as our Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Carter served as our Vice President of Sales from June 2008 until his promotion to Senior Vice President of Sales on October 1, 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Accenture BPO Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Accenture LLC, from June 2006 to June 2008, and Savista Corporation, which was acquired by Accenture LLC, from October 2004 to June 2006, both of which were human resource outsourcing services providers. Previously, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Ceridian Corporation, a human resource services company, from July 2000 to October 2004. Prior to Ceridian, Mr. Carter was Vice President of Sales at ProBusiness Services, Inc., a provider of payroll and benefits administration solutions. Mr. Carter holds a B.A. in Economics from Clark University.

 

93


Table of Contents

Mark Goldin has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goldin served as Chief Technology Officer at DestinationRx, Inc., a healthcare data management company, from September 2009 to June 2010. From August 2005 to September 2008, Mr. Goldin was Chief Operations and Technology Officer at Green Dot Corporation, a financial services company. Prior to Green Dot, from December 1992 to August 2005, Mr. Goldin served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Thomson Elite, a provider of technology solutions for professional services firms and currently part of Thomson Reuters Corporation.

Information with respect to our directors, our code of business conduct and ethics, and corporate governance matters is included under the caption “Proposal One—Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is included under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information disclosed under the caption “Executive Compensation and Related Information” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information disclosed under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information disclosed under the caption “Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change-In-Control Agreements” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information disclosed under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

With the exception of the information incorporated in Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Cornerstone’s Proxy Statement is not deemed “filed” as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

94


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements: See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted as information required is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Exhibits: See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

95


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 6, 2012.

 

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
By:  

/s/ Adam L. Miller

Name:   Adam L. Miller
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Adam L. Miller and Perry A. Wallack, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Adam L. Miller        

Adam L. Miller

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   March 6, 2012

/s/    Perry A. Wallack        

Perry A. Wallack

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   March 6, 2012

/s/    R. C. Mark Baker        

R. C. Mark Baker

   Director   March 6, 2012

/s/    Harold W. Burlingame        

Harold W. Burlingame

   Director   March 6, 2012

/s/    Byron B. Deeter        

Byron B. Deeter

   Director   March 6, 2012

/s/    James McGeever        

James McGeever

   Director   March 6, 2012


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Neil Sadaranganey        

Neil Sadaranganey

   Director   March 6, 2012

/s/    Robert D. Ward        

Robert D. Ward

   Director   March 6, 2012


Table of Contents

Exhibits and Financial Statements

Exhibits

 

    

Exhibit Description

   Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

     

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.    S-1/A    333-169621      3.2    November 9, 2010
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.    S-1/A    333-169621      3.4    November 9, 2010
  10.1*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.1    December 17, 2010
  10.2*    The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.    S-1    333-169621    10.2    September 29, 2010
  10.3*    The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including forms of stock option agreements, as currently in effect.    S-1    333-169621    10.3    September 29, 2010
  10.3A*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.3A    December 17, 2010
  10.4*    The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.4    December 17, 2010
  10.5*    The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.5    December 17, 2010
  10.6*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, dated as of November 8, 2010.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.6    November 9, 2010
  10.7*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, dated as of November 8, 2010.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.7    November 9, 2010
  10.8*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, dated as of November 8, 2010.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.8    November 9, 2010
  10.9*    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, dated as of November 8, 2010.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.9    November 9, 2010
  10.9A*    2009 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and David J. Carter.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.9A    February 11, 2011


Table of Contents
    

Exhibit Description

   Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

     

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

  10.9B*    2010 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and David J. Carter.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.9B    February 11, 2011
  10.9C*    2011 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and David J. Carter.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.9C    February 11, 2011
  10.10*    Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.10    February 11, 2011
  10.10A*    2009 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.10A    February 11, 2011
  10.10B*    2010 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.10B    February 11, 2011
  10.10C*    2011 Sales Commission Plan between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau.    S-1/A    333-169621    10.10C    February 11, 2011
  10.11*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.    S-1    333-169621    10.11    September 29, 2010
  10.12    Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010, as amended May 26, 2011.    S-1    333-175669    10.12    July 20, 2011
  10.13    Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.    S-1    333-169621    10.17    September 29, 2010
  10.14    Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (United Kingdom) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.    S-1    333-169621    10.18    September 29, 2010
  10.15A*    Description of 2011 Executive Compensation Plan    8-K    001-35098      n/a    July 13, 2011
  10.15B*    Revision to Description of 2011 Executive Compensation Plan    8-K    001-35098      n/a    September 9, 2011
  10.16    Office Lease between Water Garden Realty Holding LLC and the Registrant, dated as of November 30, 2011            
  21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant            


Table of Contents
    

Exhibit Description

   Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

     

Form

  

File No.

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

  23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP            
  24.1    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Annual Report)            
  31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
  31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
  32.1†    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
  32.2†    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
101.INS††    XBRL Instance Document            
101.SCH††    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document            
101.CAL††    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document            
101.DEF††    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document            
101.LAB††    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document            
101.PRE††    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document            

 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
†† XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not otherwise subject to liability under these sections.

Exhibit 10.16

OFFICE LEASE

THE WATER GARDEN

WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.


THE WATER GARDEN

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

The undersigned hereby agree to the following terms of this Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”). This Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease (the “ Office Lease ”) which pertains to the “Project,” as that term is defined in the Office Lease, commonly known as “The Water Garden” located in Santa Monica, California. This Summary and the Office Lease are collectively referred to herein as the “ Lease ”. Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Office Lease.

 

TERMS OF LEASE

(References are to the Office Lease)

  

DESCRIPTION

1.      Date:

   November 29, 2011

2.      Landlord:

   WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

3.      Tenant:

  

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

4.      Premises ( Article 1 ).

  

4.1    Building Address:

  

The Water Garden

1601 Cloverfield Boulevard

Santa Monica, California 90404

4.2    Premises:

   Approximately 53,072 rentable square feet of space consisting of (i) 24,948 rentable square feet of space located on the 6 th floor of the South tower of the Building, commonly known as “ Suite 600S ”, and (ii) 28,124 rentable square feet of space located on the 5 th floor of the South tower of the Building commonly known as “ Suite 500S ”, as further set forth in Exhibit “A” to the Office Lease.

5.      Lease Term ( Article 2 ).

  

5.1    Length of Term:

   Eighty-six (86) months, subject to Tenant’s rights to renew under Section 2.2 of the Office Lease.

5.2    Lease Commencement Date:

   December 1, 2011.

5.3    Lease Expiration Date:

   January 31, 2019.

5.4    Renewal Terms

   Two (2) options to renew the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years each.

6.      Base Rent:

  

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

S-1


 

Period

Following Lease

Commencement Date*

   Annual Base Rent    Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent
  

Monthly Rental Rate per

Rentable Square Foot

(rounded)

Months 1 – 12

   $2,451,926.40    $204,327.20    $3.85

Months 13 – 24

   $2,525,802.60    $210,483.55    $3.966

Months 25 – 36

   $2,601,589.44    $216,799.12    $4.085

Months 37 – 48

   $2,679,923.76    $223,326.98    $4.208

Months 49 – 60

   $2,760,168.60    $230,014.05    $4.334

Months 61 – 72

   $2,842,960.92    $236,913.41    $4.464

Months 73 – 84

   $2,928,300.72    $244,025.06    $4.598

Months 85 – 86

   NA    $251,348.99    $4.736

 

* Tenant shall not be obligated to pay a portion of the Base Rent otherwise due for the months and under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.2 of the Lease.

 

7.      Additional Rent ( Article 4 ).

  

7.1    Base Year:

   Calendar year 2012.

7.2    Tenant’s Share:

   16.16%.

8.      Security ( Article 21 ):

   $1,000,000 letter of credit (as more fully set forth in Article 21 ).

9.      Parking Passes ( Article 28 ):

   Up to one hundred eighty-six (186) parking passes, upon the terms and conditions of Article 28 .

10.    Broker(s) ( Section 29.18 ):

  

CBRE

1620 26 th Street

Suite 1015 North

Santa Monica, California 90404

 

and

 

Cresa Partners

11726 San Vicente Boulevard, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90049

11.    Address of Tenant ( Section 29.13 ):

  

1601 Cloverfield Boulevard, Suite 600S

Santa Monica, California 90404

Attention: General Counsel

12.    Rentable Area of the Building

( Section4.2.6 ):

   328,343 rentable square feet.

[Signature page follows]

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

S-2


The foregoing terms of this Summary are hereby agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

 

“Landlord”:
WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

Commingled Pension Trust Fund (Strategic

Property) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

a Member

  By:  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

    By:  

 

     

    Karen Wilbrecht

    Executive Director

    Date Signed:  

 

 

“Tenant”:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Its:  

 

  Date Signed:  

 

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

  Date Signed:  

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

S-3


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

  

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     1   

ARTICLE 2

  

LEASE TERM

     6   
ARTICLE 3   

BASE RENT

     9   
ARTICLE 4   

ADDITIONAL RENT

     10   
ARTICLE 5   

USE OF PREMISES

     17   
ARTICLE 6   

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     17   

ARTICLE 7

  

REPAIRS

     21   
ARTICLE 8   

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     21   
ARTICLE 9   

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     23   
ARTICLE 10   

INSURANCE

     23   
ARTICLE 11   

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     26   
ARTICLE 12   

NONWAIVER

     28   
ARTICLE 13   

CONDEMNATION

     29   
ARTICLE 14   

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     29   

ARTICLE 15

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES      32   
ARTICLE 16   

HOLDING OVER

     33   
ARTICLE 17   

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     33   
ARTICLE 18   

SUBORDINATION

     33   
ARTICLE 19   

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     34   
ARTICLE 20   

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     36   
ARTICLE 21   

SECURITY

     36   
ARTICLE 22   

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

     38   
ARTICLE 23   

SIGNS

     38   
ARTICLE 24   

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     39   
ARTICLE 25   

LATE CHARGES

     40   
ARTICLE 26   

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     40   
ARTICLE 27   

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     40   
ARTICLE 28   

TENANT PARKING

     41   
ARTICLE 29   

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     42   

EXHIBITS

 

“A”

                       OUTLINE OF PREMISES

“B”

                       FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

“C”

                       RULES AND REGULATIONS

“D”

                       FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

“E”

                       TENANT WORK LETTER

“F”

                       EXISTING 10% PLANS REFERENCED IN SECTION 29.25 OF THE LEASE

“G”

                       FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

“H”

                       AVAILABLE SPACE EXCLUSIONS AS OF THE LEASE DATE

“I”

                       FORM OF ROOFTOP LICENSE AGREEMENT (ANTENNA)

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-i-


“J”

   FORM OF ROOFTOP LICENSE AGREEMENT (SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC EQUIPMENT)

“K”

   MONUMENT SIGNAGE

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-ii-


THE WATER GARDEN

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease, which includes the preceding Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Office Lease and Summary are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary is made by and between WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Upon and subject to the terms hereinafter set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 4.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”), which Premises are located in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 . The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 4.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”) located in Santa Monica, California. The Building is part of an office project known as Phase II of “The Water Garden” which contains another office building (the “ Adjacent Building ”). The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building, the Adjacent Building, and the “Common Areas”, as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, subterranean parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building, the Adjacent Building, and the Common Areas are located, and (iii) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, buildings or other improvements added thereto pursuant to the terms of Section 1.1.4 .

1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 , those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project, whether or not those areas are open to the general public (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, such as balconies abutting tenants’ premises, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “ Project Common Areas ” and the “ Building Common Areas ”. The term “Project Common Areas”, as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. “ Building Common Areas ”, as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord, provided that Landlord shall maintain and operate the same in a manner consistent with that of other first-class, mid-rise office buildings (including the office buildings constructed adjacent to the Project as “Phase I” of The Water Garden, hereafter referred to as “ Phase I ”) in the Santa Monica, California area, which are comparable in terms of size, quality of construction, appearance, and services and amenities (the “ Comparable Buildings ”). Landlord agrees that it will cause the Building and the Project to be operated and managed in a first-class manner consistent with that of a reasonably prudent building manager of Comparable Buildings.

1.1.4 Landlord’s Use and Operation of the Building, Project, and Common Areas . Landlord reserves the right from time to time without notice to Tenant (i) to close temporarily any of the Common Areas; (ii) to make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of street entrances, driveways, ramps, entrances, exits, passages, stairways and other ingress and egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, loading and unloading areas, and walkways; (iii) to expand the Building or the Adjacent Building; (iv) to add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas; (v) to designate land outside the Project to be part of the Project, and in

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-1-


connection with the improvement of such land to add additional buildings and common areas to the Project; provided that Tenant shall not be responsible for any costs associated with the acquisition of such land, and provided, further, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the Project shall not be expanded to include more than the land located in Santa Monica, California, which has Olympic Boulevard as its southern boundary, Cloverfield Boulevard as its western boundary, Colorado Avenue as its northern boundary, and 26th Street as its eastern boundary; (vi) to use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project or to any adjacent land, or any portion thereof; and (vii) to do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Project, Common Areas and Building or the expansion thereof as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate. Landlord shall not exercise any rights under this Section 1.1.4 if such exercise would unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises or parking rights or materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under the Lease or reduce the quality of the Building or Project or materially adversely affect the Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section 1.1.4 , Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises, Building, and Project . For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” shall be calculated pursuant to Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings, ANSI Z65.1 - 1996 (“ BOMA ”), provided that the rentable square footage of the Building and the other buildings in the Project shall include all of (and the rentable square footage of the Premises, therefore, shall include a portion of) (i) the Building Common Areas and (ii) the occupied space of the portion of the Project dedicated to the service of the Project. Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the Premises and Building contain the rentable square footage set forth in Sections 4.2 and 12 of the Summary.

1.3 Delivery and Condition of the Premises . Tenant currently occupies Suite 600S and a portion of Suite 500S (collectively, the “ Subleased Space ”) pursuant to subleases which are scheduled to expire on November 30, 2011 (the “ Subleases ”). By December 1, 2011, Landlord shall deliver the remainder of Suite 500S that is not part of the Subleased Space (the “ New Space ”) to Tenant for Tenant’s construction of improvements therein in accordance with the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “E” (the “ Tenant Work Letter ”). Tenant shall accept the Premises in their as-is condition, and except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises or the Project except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Landlord shall deliver possession of the New Space to Tenant in vacant, broom clean condition, with all Building Systems located outside the New Space and serving the New Space in good working order, and in compliance with all Applicable Laws for general office use and normal occupancy density; Building Systems located within the New Space will be delivered in good working order at the time of delivery for the existing configuration of the New Space (collectively, the “ New Space Delivery Condition ”). Landlord will not require or permit Sapient to remove the wires and cabling or other leasehold improvements from the existing server room in the New Space, and Tenant shall accept such wires, cabling and leasehold improvements in their “as-is” condition, provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove same upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant may enter into an agreement to purchase certain furniture, fixtures and equipment in the New Space from Sapient. Any such agreement shall be strictly between Tenant and Sapient, and Landlord shall have no liability with respect thereto.

1.4 Balconies . The balconies, if any, adjacent to and accessible from the Premises shall be common areas and shall not be a part of the rentable square footage of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall have an exclusive license at no additional expense (with other tenants whose premises are adjacent to and accessible from such balconies) to use any such balconies in a manner consistent with a first-class office complex containing balconies, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and subject to all limitations and restrictions on use of the Premises in this Lease. Tenant shall not make any improvements to the balconies. Tenant shall seek Landlord’s advance written consent to all proposed furniture, fixtures, plants or other items of any kind whatsoever which Tenant desires to affix or to place on the balconies. Landlord may withhold its consent to Tenant’s proposed furniture, fixtures, plants or other items in Landlord’s sole discretion, including without limitation, on wholly aesthetic grounds (e.g., as to size, color

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-2-


or design). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any umbrellas on the balconies must be white or green. Landlord hereby approves of the furniture that Tenant currently has on the balcony of the Building. Tenant shall not be permitted to display any graphics, signs or insignias or the like on the balconies. Subject to Section 1.1.4, Landlord shall have the right to make any improvements to the balconies or display any graphics, plants or other items from the balconies which it desires in its reasonable discretion in connection with overall Project graphics or improvements. Tenant, in conjunction with other tenant users, shall clean, maintain and repair the balconies as a result of their use by Tenant or any party accessing the balconies through Tenant in a manner consistent with the Premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents access to the balconies at reasonable times for cleaning, general maintenance and plant maintenance.

1.5 Option to Expand .

1.5.1 Option. Provided that Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 19.1 ) hereunder on either the Election Date (as defined in Section 1.5.2 ) or the Expansion Delivery Date (as defined in Section 1.5.2 ), Tenant shall have the option (the “ Expansion Option ”) to lease, upon the terms and conditions of this Section 1.5 , the Fifteen Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Eight (15,568) rentable square feet on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the South tower of the Building which, as of the date of this Lease, is leased to Sapient (the “ Expansion Space ”). Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damages resulting from any delay in delivering possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant if said delay is caused by the holding over of Sapient in the Expansion Space; provided, however, that Landlord shall take all action reasonably necessary, including required legal proceedings, to secure possession of the Expansion Space as soon as possible after the expiration of Sapient’s lease thereof on November 30, 2012. If Landlord is unable to deliver the Expansion Space to Tenant within two (2) weeks after the Anticipated Expansion Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined), Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with temporary space in “as-is” condition, elsewhere in the Project (the “ Temporary Space ”), with rentable square footage approximately similar to the rentable square footage of the Expansion Space, for Tenant to use and occupy until Landlord delivers the Expansion Space to Tenant. Other than Tenant’s installation of cabling and wiring in the Temporary Space, which shall be conducted in accordance with Section 29.28 below, Tenant shall not make any alterations or modifications to the Temporary Space. Tenant shall not sublease any of the Temporary Space. Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent for the Temporary Space in the amount of $3.00 per rentable square foot of the Temporary Space per month, payable in the manner set forth in Section 3.1 below, commencing on the date Landlord delivers the Temporary Space to Tenant and ending when Tenant vacates and surrenders the Temporary Space to Landlord (prorated for partial months). Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Additional Rent for Project Expenses for the Temporary Space; however, Tenant shall pay for all over-standard services provided to the Temporary Space at Tenant’s request (including, without limitation, After-Hours HVAC). Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant. In the event that Landlord has not provided the Expansion Space to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the Anticipated Expansion Delivery Date, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual reasonable costs incurred for moving into the Temporary Space, and Tenant’s actual reasonable cost of installing and removing Tenant’s telecommunications wiring and cabling pertaining to the Temporary Space, within thirty (30) days of receipt of reasonably detailed invoices therefor. Except as particularly set forth herein, the terms of this Lease shall govern Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Temporary Space unless clearly inconsistent with this Section 1.5.1 .

1.5.2 Exercise . The option described above shall be exercised by Tenant by written notice to Landlord given no later than May 31, 2012 (the “ Election Date ”). If Tenant timely gives such notice, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant on or about December 1, 2012 (the “ Anticipated Expansion Delivery Date ”), it being acknowledged that Sapient must vacate and surrender the Expansion Space before Landlord can deliver same to Tenant. The commencement date of the lease term with respect to the Expansion Space shall be the date (the “ Expansion Commencement Date ”) which is ninety (90) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant in the Expansion Space Delivery Condition, and the lease term with respect to the Expansion Space shall end concurrently with the expiration of the Lease Term as to the Premises initially leased hereunder, as the Lease Term may be extended by Section 2.2 below, unless sooner terminated pursuant hereto. The Expansion Space shall be leased to Tenant in its then existing “as-is” condition and state of

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-3-


improvement and Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements, repairs or alterations thereof; provided, however, that (i) Landlord shall deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant in vacant, broom clean condition, with all Building Systems located outside the Expansion Space and serving the Expansion Space in good working order, and in compliance with all Applicable Laws for general office use and normal occupancy density, (ii) Building Systems located within the Expansion Space will be delivered in good working order at the time of delivery for the existing configuration of the Expansion Space, and (iii) the Expansion Space will be delivered in substantially the same configuration and condition as on the date hereof, reasonable wear and tear excepted (collectively, the “ Expansion Space Delivery Condition ”). On the Expansion Commencement Date, the number of parking passes to which Tenant is entitled under Section 9 of the Lease Summary shall be increased pro rata based on the square footage of the Expansion Space.

1.5.3 Rent and Other Terms .

(a) The Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall initially be Sixty Thousand One Hundred Twelve and 66/100 Dollars ($60,112.66) per month (equivalent to $3.966 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space). The Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall increase during the Lease Term on the same dates as, and to the same rate per rentable square foot as, the Base Rent for the initial Premises as set forth in Section 6 of the Lease Summary. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for the Expansion Space commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of this Lease (including, without limitation, the Base Year set forth in Section 7.1 of the Lease Summary).

(b) Section 3.2 of this Lease shall be inapplicable to the Expansion Space. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay forty point six percent (40.6%) of the Base Rent for the Expansion Space for months one (1) through eight (8), seventeen (17), eighteen (18), twenty-six (26), twenty-seven (27), thirty-seven (37) and thirty-eight (38) following the Expansion Commencement Date. Tenant shall be and remain obligated during each of such months to pay the remaining fifty-nine point four percent (59.4%) of the Base Rent for the Expansion Space and all Additional Rent otherwise due hereunder, including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 4 below. If a Default has occurred and is continuing at a time when Tenant would otherwise be entitled to Base Rent abatement hereunder, Tenant shall not be entitled to such abatement; provided, however, that if this Lease is not terminated due to the Default and Tenant cures the Default, Landlord shall apply any Base Rent abatement held in abeyance during the continuance of any such Default to the next monthly Base Rent installment(s) due after the cure of such Default.

(c) Landlord shall provide a Tenant Improvement Allowance with respect to the Expansion Space in the amount of Three Hundred Seventy Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Three and 94/100 Dollars ($370,133.94) (equivalent to $24.42 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, which amount was calculated by multiplying (i) $30.00, by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the initial Lease Term after the anticipated Expansion Commencement Date of March 1, 2013 (70) and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the initial Lease Term (86)). The terms and conditions of the Tenant Work Letter shall govern Tenant’s construction of its Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space and use of the Tenant Improvement Allowance therefor, and the Tenant Improvement Allowance pertaining to the Expansion Space shall be disbursed in the manner provided in Sections 2.2.2(a), (c) and (d) of the Tenant Work Letter as if the Tenant Improvement Allowance for the Expansion Space were the “Initial Allowance Amount” referenced therein.

1.5.4 Part of Premises . As of the date of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant in the Expansion Delivery Condition, the Expansion Space shall be part of the Premises and, except as specifically set forth in this Section 1.5 , the Expansion Space shall be leased upon the same terms and conditions as the Premises initially leased hereunder. Tenant’s acceptance of the Expansion Space shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have the Expansion Space Delivery Condition satisfied, at Landlord’s cost, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any alleged failures of the Expansion Space Delivery Condition, in reasonable detail, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Space. Tenant’s failure to timely provide such written notice shall be deemed to mean that the Expansion Space Delivery Condition has been fully satisfied. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses with respect to the Expansion Space until

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-4-


the Expansion Commencement Date. Promptly after Tenant’s notice of election to lease the Expansion Space, Tenant and Landlord shall execute an appropriate Lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises.

1.5.5 Personal Right . Tenant’s right to lease Expansion Space as set forth in this Section 1.5 is personal to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“ Original Tenant ”) and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any party, except in connection with an assignment of this Lease in its entirety to (i) a Related Transferee or (ii) a Transferee that is an assignee of all of Tenant’s rights under this Lease that is consented to by Landlord, as provided in Article 14 below.

1.6 Right of First Offer.

1.6.1 Proposal to Lease . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.6 , and provided Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have a continuous right of first offer to lease any and all space in the South tower of the Building, should such space become available for lease (the “ Available Space ”) during the Lease Term, as set forth herein. For purposes of this Section 1.6 , Available Space shall not include (i) space for which leases in effect on the date hereof, which currently contain renewal or extension rights, are being renewed or extended (provided that such leases need not be extended or renewed per the terms of the extension/renewal rights set forth in the leases), a schedule of which space is contained in Exhibit “H” attached hereto, (ii) space which is the subject of options to expand or rights of first offer granted to any other person or tenant, which rights are in existence on the date hereof, a schedule of which space is contained in Exhibit “H” attached hereto, or (iii) space for which the remaining Lease Term, as it may have been renewed, would be less than eighteen (18) months (unless Tenant exercises its right of first offer hereunder simultaneously with a Renewal Option); provided that if Landlord intends to lease the Available Space to a third party for a term of less than eighteen (18) months, Tenant shall be entitled to lease such Available Space in accordance with the provisions hereof for such shorter term, or the remainder of the Lease Term (as it may be renewed) whichever is longer. Furthermore, Available Space shall exclude Suite 200S (which is currently leased to Pfizer), but only to the extent that Landlord enters into a direct lease of such space to Summit Entertainment, which is the current subtenant of the space. If a space does not qualify as Available Space due to the renewal or extension of an existing lease for such space, or due to the exercise of an existing option or right to lease such space by another person or tenant as set forth above, then such space may subsequently qualify as Available Space if, during the Lease Term, the existing lease for such space, or the lease of such space pursuant to an option or right held by another person or tenant, expires and the tenant thereunder does not extend or renew such lease, or if such lease terminates prior to its expiration date. The Expansion Space shall not be considered Available Space hereunder except as follows: if Tenant fails to exercise the Expansion Option by the Election Date, Sapient shall have from June 1, 2012 until June 30, 2012 to notify Landlord of Sapient’s intent to renew its lease of the Expansion Space. If Sapient does not timely exercise such renewal option, the Expansion Space shall be subject to Tenant’s right of first offer hereunder effective July 1, 2012. If Sapient timely exercises its renewal option, the Expansion Space shall be subject to Tenant’s right of first offer upon the sooner of December 1, 2014 and any earlier termination of such lease. Except for Sapient’s option to renew as described in this Section 1.6.1 , Landlord shall not grant Sapient any extension or renewal rights with respect to the Expansion Space.

(a) Prior to entering into a lease of Available Space with a third party, Landlord shall first give Tenant a notice (the “ Offer Notice ”), offering to lease such Available Space to Tenant on the following terms and conditions: (A) the term of the Lease as to such Available Space shall commence as provided in the Offer Notice and shall continue until the end of the Lease Term as to the balance of the Premises (as it may be renewed in accordance with this Lease); (B) the Offer Notice shall specify the Available Space in question, and shall state the rentable square footage thereof, the anticipated commencement date, the delivery condition, and Landlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rental Rate (as defined in Section 2.3 below) for the Available Space (with any tenant concessions set forth in such Offer Notice offered to Tenant adjusted pro-rata to reflect the Lease Term as to such Available Space and taking into consideration the terms of this Lease, including Article 4 ); (C) Tenant shall pay Additional Rent for such Available Space in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 (as may be modified by the terms of the Offer Notice which may include, without limitation, a new Base Year for the Available Space), and (D) such Available Space shall be added to the Premises for all other purposes of this Lease and all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to such

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-5-


Available Space that is leased by Tenant, other than as set forth in the Offer Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the term of the Lease for the Available Space which Tenant may elect to lease hereunder (and the then remaining balance of the Lease Term for the Premises as it may have been renewed) shall not be less than eighteen (18) months (unless Tenant exercises its right of first offer hereunder simultaneously with a Renewal Option) or such shorter term as is permitted under Subparagraph 1.6.1(iii) above.

(b) If Tenant does not accept the Available Space offered by Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of such Offer Notice (such acceptance the “ Acceptance Notice ”), then Landlord shall be free to lease such space to any other person or entity and Tenant shall not have any rights under this Section 1.6 with respect to such Available Space for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after expiration of said five (5) business day period; provided that if the net effective rent payable by such other person or entity would be less than ninety percent (90%) of the net effective rent specified in the Offer Notice, then Landlord must re-offer the Available Space to Tenant prior to proceeding with such third-party lease.

(c) If Tenant timely accepts the Available Space offered by Landlord, Tenant shall lease the same from Landlord on the terms and conditions described in Section 1.6.1(a) , provided that in the event that Tenant disputes Landlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rental Rate set forth in the Offer Notice, concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of its Acceptance Notice, Tenant may elect that the Fair Market Rental Rate be determined by arbitration; provided that Landlord and Tenant, ten (10) days after the date on which Tenant elects arbitration, shall first commence good faith discussions to endeavor to agree upon the applicable Fair Market Rental Rate. In the event that Landlord and Tenant do not agree upon such rate within twenty (20) days after the expiration of said ten (10) day period, on the twenty-fifth (25th) day after the expiration of said ten (10) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall proceed in accordance with Section 2.2.2(b) below.

(d) Promptly after the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Available Space, Tenant and Landlord shall execute an appropriate Lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Available Space to the Premises.

1.6.2 Personal Right . Tenant’s right to lease Available Space as set forth in this Section 1.6 is personal to Original Tenant and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any party, except in connection with an assignment of this Lease in its entirety to (i) a Related Transferee or (ii) a Transferee that is an assignee of all of Tenant’s rights under this Lease that is consented to by Landlord, as provided in Article 14 below.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 Lease Term; Lease Commencement Date . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease; provided, however, that, with respect to the Subleased Space, the Subleases shall govern Tenant’s rights and obligations regarding use and occupancy of the Subleased Space until the expiration or earlier termination of the Subleases. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) with respect to the Premises described in Section 4.2 of the Summary shall be as set forth in Section 5.1 of the Summary, shall commence on December 1, 2011 (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on January 31, 2019 (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated or the Lease Term is renewed as hereinafter provided (provided that the New Space shall not become part of the Premises under this Lease until the New Space is actually delivered to Tenant). At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice (the “ Notice of Lease Term Dates ”) in substantially the form as set forth in Exhibit “B” attached hereto, which notice Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within twenty (20) days of receipt thereof, and thereafter the dates set forth on such notice shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant. If Landlord fails to deliver the New Space in the New Space Delivery Condition on or before the date set forth in Section 1.3 , Tenant shall have the right to notify Landlord thereof in writing within three (3) days of Landlord’s delivery of the New Space including specific details as to why the New Space Delivery Condition was not satisfied. If Tenant timely gives such notice and there was, in fact, a failure of the New Space Delivery Condition, then Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the New Space shall be postponed one (1) day for each day that the New Space Delivery Condition is not satisfied. Tenant’s failure to timely give such notice shall constitute a waiver of any Base Rent postponement under this Section 2.1 . Tenant’s acceptance of the New Space shall not be

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-6-


deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have the New Space Delivery Condition satisfied, at Landlord’s cost, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any alleged failures of the New Space Delivery Condition, in reasonable detail, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s delivery of the New Space. Tenant’s failure to timely provide such written notice shall be deemed to mean that the New Space Delivery Condition has been fully satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if either of the Subleases terminates prior to the Lease Commencement Date as a result of a termination of the applicable master lease, such Sublease shall continue as a direct lease between Landlord, as sublessor, and Tenant, as sublessee, until the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that (i) Landlord shall not be (A) liable for any prepayment of more than one month’s rent or any security deposit paid by Tenant to Sapient (unless actually received by Landlord), (B) liable for any previous act or omission of Sapient under the Subleases or for any other defaults of Sapient under the Subleases, (C) subject to any defenses or offsets previously accrued which Tenant may have against Sapient or (D) bound by any changes or modifications hereafter made to the Subleases without the written consent of Landlord; and, (ii) if Sapient’s lease terminated as a result of a casualty or condemnation, such casualty or condemnation shall be deemed to have occurred during the Lease Term for purposes of termination rights under this Lease. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Subleased Space from and after the Lease Commencement Date shall be considered pursuant to this Lease and not as a holdover under the Subleases or underlying master lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord will not require Sapient to remove anything from the Subleased Space which was existing at the time of delivery, restore the Subleased Space or otherwise make any changes or modifications to the Subleased Space.

2.2 Renewal Terms.

2.2.1 Provided Tenant is not in Default under this Lease as of the date of exercise or the commencement of a renewal term (“ Renewal Term Commencement Date(s) ”), Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease (“ Renewal Option(s) ”) for two (2) successive periods of five (5) years each (“ Renewal Term(s) ”), exercisable by giving written notice thereof (“ Renewal Notice ”) to Landlord of its exercise of a Renewal Option at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term as to the first Renewal Option and at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the first Renewal Term as to the second Renewal Option. Each Renewal Option shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, for a minimum of one (1) full floor and a maximum of all the then entire Premises (herein, the “ Renewal Premises ”); provided that (i) if the Premises consists of one or more full floors plus one or more partial floors, Tenant must renew for at least one (1) full floor in order to renew for any partial floors, and (ii) any portion of the Premises for which the Renewal Option is not exercised must be in a leaseable configuration and suitable for normal renting purposes in conformity with all applicable building and safety codes. Tenant shall designate the size and location of the Renewal Premises, within the foregoing parameters, in its Renewal Notice, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be deemed exercise of the Renewal Option as to the entire Premises then leased to Tenant. If any physical separation or separation of any of the life-safety, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”) is required in order to separately demise the Renewal Premises from the remainder of the Premises for which the Renewal Option was not exercised, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of such demising.

2.2.2 The Base Rent payable hereunder for the Premises during each Renewal Term shall be adjusted to the then-prevailing Fair Market Rental Rate (as defined in Section 2.3 ).

(a) Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for the applicable Renewal Term (“ Landlord’s Statement ”) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Renewal Notice; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver Landlord’s Statement earlier than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the then-current Lease Term. Within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Statement (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”), Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its election to either (a) accept the Fair Market Rental Rate set forth in Landlord’s Statement or (b) reject Landlord’s Statement and request that the Fair Market Rental Rate be determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 2.2.2(b) ; provided, however, that prior to submitting the matter to arbitration as herein provided, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to resolve their differences in the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate for a period of thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of its rejection of

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-7-


Landlord’s Statement. If Tenant fails to give Landlord notice of its acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s Statement by the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period, then such failure shall be deemed to be Tenant’s rejection of the Fair Market Rental Rate set forth in Landlord’s Statement.

(b) If Tenant gives Landlord notice that it elects arbitration of the Fair Market Rental Rate and Landlord and Tenant have not been able to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Rate within the time period provided in Section 1.6.1(c) or 2.2.2(a) , as applicable, Landlord and Tenant shall, within the time period provided in Section 1.6.1(c) or 2.2.2(a) , as applicable, each simultaneously submit to the other in writing its good faith estimate of the Fair Market Rental Rate (“ Good Faith Estimate ”). If the higher of said estimates is not more than one hundred and three percent (103%) of the lower of such estimates, the Fair Market Rental Rate in question shall be deemed to be the average of the submitted rates. If otherwise, then the rate shall be set by arbitration to be held in Santa Monica, California in accordance with the Real Estate Valuation Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, except that the arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator selected as follows. Within five (5) business days after the simultaneous submittal by Landlord and Tenant of their respective Good Faith Estimates, each shall designate a recognized and independent real estate expert or broker who shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the valuation of rental properties similar to and in the vicinity of the Project. The two individuals so designated shall, within ten (10) business days after the last of them is designated, appoint a third independent expert or broker possessing the aforesaid qualifications to be the single arbitrator, and if they are unable to do so, then the selection shall be made by an arbitrator selected at random by the American Arbitration Association under the Commercial Rules of Arbitration (which arbitrator shall be a real estate lawyer practicing in the greater Los Angeles area with at least ten (10) years of experience in the field of office leasing). The third arbitrator so selected shall, alone, pick one of the two Good Faith Estimates, being the Good Faith Estimate that is closer to the Fair Market Rental Rate as determined by the arbitrator using the definition set forth in Section 2.3 . The parties agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, which shall be final and non-appealable, and shall share equally the costs of arbitration, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

2.2.3 During each Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 , but the Base Year (as defined below) for the Renewal Term shall be determined as part of the determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate.

2.2.4 The Renewal Options set forth in this Section 2.2 are personal to Original Tenant and may not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any party, except in connection with an assignment of this Lease in its entirety to (i) a Related Transferee or (ii) a Transferee that is an assignee of all of Tenant’s rights under this Lease that is consented to by Landlord, as provided in Article 14 below, and may be exercised only if Original Tenant and/or such Related Transferee or approved assignee is in possession of at least one (1) full floor of the Building without sublease or assignment to any other person or entity.

2.3 Fair Market Rental Rate . The phrase “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” shall mean the fair market value annual rental rate that a tenant would pay and a landlord would accept in an arm’s length transaction, for delivery on or about the applicable delivery or effective date, for comparable non-renewal, non-expansion space, for a comparable use in the Building and in Comparable Buildings (“ Comparable Transactions ”). In any determination of Comparable Transactions, appropriate consideration shall be given to (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot, the standard of measurement by which the rentable square footage is measured, the ratio of rentable square feet to usable square feet, (ii) the type of escalation clauses (including without limitation, operating costs, real estate tax allowances or base year and rental adjustments), (iii) rental abatement or free rent concessions, if any, (iv) brokerage commissions, (v) the length of the term, (vi) the size and location of the premises being leased, (vii) building standard work letters and/or tenant improvement allowances, if any (taking into account the existing condition of the Premises or the Available Space, as applicable, but expressly excluding giving any consideration to alterations installed in the Premises at Tenant’s expense) (viii) the extent of services provided to the leased premises and the extent and type of parking rights granted the tenant, (ix) the date as of which the Fair Market Rental Rate is to become effective, and (x) other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for such Comparable Transactions. The intent is that Tenant will obtain the same rent and other economic benefits that Landlord would otherwise give in Comparable Transactions and that Landlord will make,

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-8-


and receive the same economic payments and concessions that Landlord would otherwise make, and receive in Comparable Transactions.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 Base Rent . Subject to Section 3.2 , Tenant shall pay, without notice or demand except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, in currency or a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 6 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 6 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every month during the Lease Term commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever except as otherwise expressly provided herein. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term during which Base Rent is payable shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term (if sooner) at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis. All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied, if Landlord elects in its sole discretion, to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord, and no designation by Tenant, either in a separate writing or on a check or money order, shall modify this clause or have any force or effect.

3.2 Base Rent Abatement and Credit .

3.2.1 Abatement. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay one-half (1/2) of the Base Rent for the Premises initially leased hereunder for months seventeen (17), eighteen (18), twenty-six (26), twenty-seven (27), thirty-seven (37) and thirty-eight (38) of the initial Lease Term. Tenant shall be and remain obligated during each of such months to pay the remaining one-half (1/2) of the Base Rent and all Additional Rent otherwise due hereunder, including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 4 below.

3.2.2 Rent Credit. Tenant shall be entitled to the following dollar credits (“ Rent Credit ”) against Base Rent during the initial Lease Term ( i.e. , the Base Rent otherwise payable under Section 3.1 shall be reduced by the following amounts):

 

Months 1 – 6    $146,677.30 per month
Months 7 – 8    $124,420.45 per month
Months 9 – 10    $66,770.55 per month
Months 11 – 12    $44,513.70 per month
Month 13    $45,854.89
Months 14 – 16    $22,927.45 per month

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2 , if a Default has occurred and is continuing at a time when Tenant would otherwise be entitled to Base Rent abatement or a Rent Credit under this Section 3.2 , Tenant shall not be entitled to such abatement or Rent Credit, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide such abatement or Rent Credit; it being agreed, however, that if this Lease is not terminated due to the Default and Tenant cures the Default, Landlord shall apply any Base Rent abatement or Rent Credit held in abeyance during the continuance of any such Default to the next monthly Base Rent installment(s) due after the cure of such Default.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-9-


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms . As set forth in this Article 4 , in addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 , Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Project Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.4 , respectively, equitably allocated to the tenants of the Building pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3.1 , to the extent such Project Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building are in excess of such Project Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 . Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are sometimes herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent subject to the terms hereof. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “ Base Year ” shall mean the period set forth in Section 7.1 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

4.2.3 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature incurred in connection with the management, maintenance, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, including, without limitation, any amounts paid or incurred for (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, renovating, complying with conservation measures in connection with, and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary and storm drainage systems, and elevator systems, and the cost of supplies and equipment, maintenance, and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the reasonable cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, but not costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of a transportation system management program or a municipal or public shuttle service or parking program resulting from Landlord’s future development activities; (iii) the cost of all insurance which is customary for the Comparable Buildings and is carried in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area repair, restoration, and maintenance, including, but not limited to, resurfacing, repainting, restriping, and cleaning; (vi) fees, charges and other costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the reasonable and customary cost of any management fee and the fair rental value of the property manager’s office, not to exceed the rentable square footage of such office included in the Base Year); (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, management, or security of the Project, or any portion thereof, including employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits; (ix) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project, or any portion thereof; (x) the cost of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment which serve the Project in whole or part; (xi) the cost of janitorial services, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) the cost of any capital improvements made to the Project which are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or made to all or any portion of the Project, or any portion thereof, after the Lease Commencement Date that are required under any governmental law or regulation that was not

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-10-


applicable to the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, the same shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over the shorter of (A) the useful life, or (B) the cost recovery period (i.e., the anticipated period to recover the full cost of such capital item from cost savings achieved by such capital item), of the relevant capital item as reasonably determined by Landlord’s accountants in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management practices, consistently applied; and (xiii) the cost of operations, maintenance, repairs, and other expenditures (whether capital or non-capital in nature) with respect to the “Child Care Facilities,” as that term is defined in Section 29.9 , and their lease at the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities, but Operating Expenses shall not include the cost of future upgrades to the Building Common Areas to accommodate new tenants);

(b) except as set forth in subpart (xii) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.2.3 , depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, costs of capital repairs and alterations to the Project, costs of any capital improvements to the Project (except as contemplated in clause (xii) above) or, if capital in nature, the costs of new equipment;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed (or entitled to reimbursement) by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a Project management fee to the extent allowed pursuant to item (m), below, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-11-


(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project not caused by Landlord;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art;

(m) fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three and one-half percent (3.5%) (the “ Management Fee Cap ”) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues (but excluding the cost of after-hours services or utilities) from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof;

(n) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(o) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size of such office space exceeds the rentable square footage of such space included in the Base Year or the rental rate exceeds the fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of Comparable Buildings;

(p) costs arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(q) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 29.23 ) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the date of this Lease, and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat Hazardous Material brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or its agents or contractors or any other tenant of the Project in violation of Environmental Laws;

(r) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

(s) advertising and promotional expenditures (whether for existing tenants or in order to attract new tenants), and costs of acquisition and maintenance of signs in or on the Building to identify the owner of the Building or other tenants;

(t) marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees (in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments), space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(u) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenants’ or other occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Building or Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building or Project;

(v) expenses in connection with services or other benefits for which Tenant is charged directly;

(w) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any other agreement;

(x) costs for services normally provided by a property manager where Operating Expenses already include a management fee to such property manager;

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-12-


(y) costs arising from any construction defects in the Project or from latent defects in the shell and core of the Building or any tenant improvements, or repair thereof;

(z) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlements, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitration pertaining to Landlord and/or the Project;

(aa) the cost of electric power for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public utility company or for which any tenant is separately metered or submetered and pays Landlord directly, provided, however, that if any tenant in the Building contracts directly for electric power service or is separately metered or submetered during any portion of the relevant period, the total electric power costs for the Building shall be “grossed up” to reflect what those costs would have been had each tenant in the Building used the Building standard amount of electric power;

(bb) the cost of making any repairs, replacements or modifications to the Building or the Project that are required by any federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, court orders, governmental directives, governmental orders and interpretations of the foregoing (“ Applicable Laws ”) in effect as of, and as interpreted and enforced by governmental authority having jurisdiction or responsibility for such law as of, the date of this Lease, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ ADA ”) and any similar state or local law; and

(cc) the costs of repair of an uninsured casualty (or the deductible portion of an insured casualty) to the Building to the extent such costs, when amortized over the useful life of such repair determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting and management practices, exceed Two Dollars ($2.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises, per annum.

If the Project is not fully occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year (including the Base Year), Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Operating Expenses for such year employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid had the Project been fully occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year.

4.2.4 “ Project Expenses ” shall mean the sum of “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses”.

4.2.5 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with all or any portion of the Project), which shall be paid during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

(a) Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation:

(i) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-13-


shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies, provided that Tax Expenses allocable to any such private assessment or private cost-sharing agreement were included in the Base Year (or the Base Year is adjusted therefor). It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of Tax Expenses for the purposes of this Lease;

(ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross income tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof;

(iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and

(iv) Any possessory taxes charged or levied in lieu of real estate taxes.

(b) Any reasonable expenses incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid.

(c) Subject to clause (e) below, tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year.

(d) The amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year attributable to the valuation of the Project, inclusive of tenant improvements, shall be known as “ Base Taxes .” If, in any comparison Expense Year subsequent to the Base Year, the amount of Tax Expenses decreases, Tenant shall not be entitled to apply any such decrease in Tax Expenses against Tenant’s Share of any increase in Operating Expenses in such comparison Expense Year or any subsequent comparison Expense Year.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year shall be calculated based on a fully completed Project.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 , Tax Expenses shall exclude the following:

(i) any excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, transfer, recording, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal, state and local income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents or receipts attributable to the operation of the Project), or documentary transfer taxes;

(ii) taxes on tenant improvements in any other space in the Project based upon an assessed valuation level in excess of the assessed valuation level for which Tenant is individually responsible under this Lease;

(iii) taxes imposed on land and improvements other than the Project;

(iv) penalties or interest resulting from late or incomplete payments; and

(v) taxes levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real property taxes.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-14-


4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 7.2 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by multiplying the number of rentable square feet of the Premises by 100, and dividing the product by the total rentable square feet in the Building.

4.3 Allocation and Calculation of Project Expenses .

4.3.1 Allocation of Project Expenses to Tenants of the Building . Project Expenses (i.e., Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole. Since the Building is only one of the buildings which constitute the Project, Project Expenses shall be allocated by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, to both the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. The portion of Project Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall consist of (i) all Project Expenses attributable solely to the Building and (ii) an equitable portion of Project Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole and not attributable solely to the Building, the Adjacent Building or to any other building of the Project. Additionally, in allocating Project Expenses to the tenants of the Project, Landlord shall equitably allocate (based on use of the Project area or services in question only) some or all of the Project Expenses allocable to tenants of the Project among different tenants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ”). Such Cost Pools shall include the office space tenants of the Project and the retail space tenants of the Project.

4.3.2 Calculation of Project Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 4 , when calculating the Project Expenses for the Base Year, such Project Expenses shall not include any increase in Tax Expenses attributable to special assessments, charges, costs, or fees, or due to modifications or changes in governmental laws or regulations, including but not limited to the institution of a split tax roll, and Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall exclude market-wide increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages, so long as future Tax Expenses and Operating Expenses after the Base Year do not include any such items.

4.3.3 Payment in Installments . To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord shall have the option to either pay assessments for Tax Expenses in installments or in one lump sum payment; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating Tax Expenses under this Lease, it shall be deemed that Landlord paid the assessments over the maximum number of installments permitted by Applicable Laws, and Tax Expenses shall include any and all interest that would have been charged thereon.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent .

4.4.1 Calculation of Excess . For every Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.2 , and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for such Expense Year in excess of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Base Year.

4.4.2 Statement of Actual Project Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant on or before the first day of April following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Project Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year and the amount thereof allocated to the tenants of the Building, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses in excess of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Base Year. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due that is at least thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for such Expense Year in excess of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Base Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Additional Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.3 . If the amount of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for such Expense Year in excess of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Base Year is less than the amount paid by Tenant as Estimated Additional Rent during the applicable period of the Expense Year (but not including any period of the Expense Year which occurs after the Lease has terminated), Landlord shall pay the difference to Tenant together with the applicable Statement, even if the Lease has terminated or expired. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 ; provided, however, that, notwithstanding

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-15-


anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for any Project Expenses incurred in a particular Expense Year submitted to Tenant for payment thereof after the end of the thirty-sixth (36th) calendar month following such Expense Year. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for such Expense Year is in excess of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses for the Base Year, then Tenant shall within thirty (30) days of billing pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4.1 . The provisions of this Section 4.4.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

4.4.3 Statement of Estimated Project Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Project Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be, the amount thereof to be allocated to the tenants of the Building, and the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses in excess of Tenant’s Share of the Project Expenses for the Base Year (the “ Estimated Additional Rent ”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Additional Rent under this Article 4 . If, pursuant to the Estimate Statement, Estimated Additional Rent is calculated for the then-current Expense Year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Additional Rent for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.3 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Additional Rent set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall pay directly, or reimburse Landlord upon demand, for any and all of the following taxes required to be paid by Landlord (excluding state, local and federal personal or corporate income taxes):

4.5.1 taxes measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, to the extent the cost or value of such leasehold improvements exceeds the cost or value of a building standard build-out (which is deemed to be $40.00 per rentable square foot) regardless of whether title to such improvements shall be vested in Tenant or Landlord, provided that this subparagraph 4.5.1 shall be interpreted and applied to determine Tenant’s obligation hereunder as though all tenant leases for the Building had the same provision;

4.5.2 except to the extent included in Tax Expenses, taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project (including the Project parking facility); or

4.5.3 taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Tenant’s Audit Rights. If Tenant wishes to dispute an amount shown on the annual Statement of Project Expenses, Tenant must commence such audit in accordance with this Section 4.6 within twenty-four (24) months after Tenant’s receipt of the annual Statement (“ Review Period ”). Tenant must give Landlord notice of any such audit at least 30 days prior to commencing such audit. Tenant may only conduct one audit per Expense Year. If Tenant does not commence an audit within such Review Period, Tenant shall have waived its right to audit such annual Statement. No audit may be conducted while Tenant is in Default under this Lease. Any audit by Tenant hereunder must be conducted by a nationally or regionally recognized independent certified public accountant designated by Tenant, with such firm to be paid on an hourly and not on a contingent fee basis Tenant’s auditors may conduct a reasonable and specifically defined audit of Landlord’s books and records concerning the Operating Expenses of the Project reflected on the annual Statement, provided that Tenant causes its auditors to

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-16-


diligently pursue such audit to completion as quickly as reasonably possible and provided, further, that Tenant and such accountant shall, and shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s books and records in strict confidence. Landlord agrees to make available to Tenant’s auditors, at Landlord’s office in the Building, the books and records relevant to the audit for review and copying, but such books and records may not be removed from Landlord’s offices. Tenant shall bear all costs of such audit, including Landlord’s actual copying costs and personnel costs, if any, incurred in connection with such audit (provided that, prior to incurring any personnel costs in connection with such audit, Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s anticipated personnel costs so that Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, modify Tenant’s activities with regard to such audit in order to preclude the need for Landlord to incur such personnel costs), except that if the audit (as conducted and certified by the auditor) shows an aggregate overstatement of Project Expenses of five percent (5%) or more, and Landlord’s auditors concur in such findings (or, in the absence of such concurrence, such overstatement is confirmed by binding arbitration between the parties conducted in Santa Monica California by the American Arbitration Association under the Commercial Arbitration Rules, using a single arbitrator selected by the parties pursuant to such rules, or by such other dispute resolution mechanism to which the parties may mutually agree in writing), then Landlord shall bear all costs of the audit (and, if applicable, the arbitration or other dispute resolution mechanism). If the arbitration or other dispute resolution mechanism selected by the parties confirms that the Project Expenses were not overstated by five percent (5%) or more, then Tenant shall bear the cost of the audit and such arbitration or other dispute resolution mechanism. If the agreed or confirmed audit shows an underpayment of Project Expenses by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the audit is agreed to or confirmed, the amount owed to Landlord, and, if the agreed or confirmed audit shows an overpayment of Project Expenses by Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such overpayment within thirty (30) days after the audit is agreed to or confirmed. In addition to the other rights of Tenant set forth in this Section 4.6 , Tenant shall have the right within twenty-four (24) months after Tenant’s receipt of an annual Statement, without conducting an audit, to meet with Landlord’s representatives to discuss items on such Statement and to obtain from Landlord information reasonably requested by Tenant in support of the amounts shown on such Statement.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office purposes, including software development, consistent with the character of the Project as a first-class office building project, and lawful uses ancillary to general office use, and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit “C” , attached hereto, or in violation of Applicable Laws. Tenant’s use of the Project common areas and Project parking garage shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions currently of record with respect to the Project. Tenant shall not use or allow another person or entity to use any part of the Premises for the storage, use, treatment, manufacture or sale of “Hazardous Material”, as that term is defined in Section 29.23 , and subject to the exceptions provided for in said section.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in the Premises when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use and normal occupancy density as determined by Landlord, from Monday through Friday, during the period from 8 A.M. to 6 P.M. and on Saturday during the period from 9 A.M. to 1 P.M., except for the date of observation of national and state holidays (including, without limitation, New Year’s Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day) (collectively, the “ Holidays ”).

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-17-


6.1.2 Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as determined by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord confirms that it shall furnish to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week (except for emergencies and periodic repairs), subject to the terms of this Lease, an average of four (4) watts of 120 volts electric current (connected load) per rentable square foot of the Premises (exclusive of electric current for building standard HVAC) and one (1) watt of 277 volts electric current per rentable square foot of the Premises for lighting. Tenant shall be entitled to draw additional electric power, up to Tenant’s pro rata share (based on the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises to the rentable square footage of the Building) of the Building’s electrical capacity, so long as Tenant provides, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the transformers, panel boards, electric circuits, breakers and power meters for such additional electrical load. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of “above Building standard” lamps, starters and ballasts for lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide reasonable amounts of city water (both cold and tepid) to the Building core on the floor of the Building on which the Premises are located for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes. Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of all distribution of water from the Building core on the floor to any new drinking fountains or new lavatory facilities not presently located in the space, or otherwise provided in the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall provide janitorial services Monday through Friday, commencing after 6:00 P.M., except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge on Tenant for providing any additional or unusual janitorial or cleaning services to Tenant or the Premises which are required because of the nature or hours of Tenant’s business operations, Tenant’s non-Building standard Tenant Improvements (as such term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “E” ), and/or the security procedures imposed on the janitorial contractor providing such services for the Premises, provided that Tenant receives advance notice of such unusual cleaning (except in cases of emergency).

6.1.5 Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have (a) the right to access the Premises, Building, and Project and subterranean parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, 365 days per year; and (b) elevator service to the Premises floor(s) twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, in each case as may be controlled by an access card or similar security access device, and subject, however, to Landlord’s right to control access to the Project, the Building, the subterranean parking facility or the Premises in the case of emergencies or to impose reasonable security measures in response to security concerns involving the Project or any portion thereof. Landlord shall provide non-exclusive freight elevator service during the hours of operation set forth in Section 6.1.1 above at no charge to Tenant. Landlord shall provide or cause to be provided access control, security and supervision substantially consistent with the Comparable Buildings. Although Landlord agrees to arrange for such access control and security, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Parties (as defined in Section 10.1 hereof) shall be liable for, and Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from, any responsibility for any damage either to person or property sustained by Tenant or any of its employees, invitees or contractors, incurred in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of Landlord’s security contractor, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party or Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s expense, a separate security access control system (which may be a card-key security system) in the Premises, so long as such security system is compatible with the Building’s card-key access control system which controls access to the parking areas, Building entry and elevator access. The security system installed by Tenant in the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval of the type of system and its installation, which approval Landlord will not unreasonably withhold so long as such system meets the foregoing compatibility requirement.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use .

(a) Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (but may be withheld in Landlord’s discretion if Tenant’s proposed use would materially and adversely affect any of the Building Systems, would materially and adversely affect access to or safety of any premises in the Building, or would materially and adversely affect the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Building, unless

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-18-


Tenant agrees to pay for Landlord’s costs of mitigating any such material and adverse effect, as reasonably determined by Landlord), use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 . If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord for such use of additional utilities shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, subject to compliance with Article 8 and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval with respect to capacity and specifications, to install and use supplemental air conditioning units in the Premises, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance of such units. The Building does not have chilled water available for Tenant’s supplemental air conditioning units. Tenant shall have the right to utilize the Building’s condenser water to serve Tenant’s supplemental air conditioning units by connecting to the Building’s condenser water cooling tower on the roof, provided that Tenant shall pay the following charges in connection therewith as Additional Rent hereunder within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s billing therefor: a $750 per ton one-time connection fee; a per month operating charge for Tenant’s use of the cooling tower (currently $29.84 per ton per month); the cost of any electrical consumption associated with Tenant’s connection to the cooling tower (currently billed at $0.15 per kilowatt hour); and the cost of installation of a submeter to monitor such electricity usage by Tenant. Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove any such supplemental air conditioning units upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal, provided that Landlord shall only have the right to require such removal and restoration if Landlord notifies Tenant in writing at the time of plan approval that removal will be required.

(c) Subject to availability of space, Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, air cooled condenser unit(s) on the roof of the Building (referred to herein as the “ Additional HVAC Equipment ”) to support Tenant’s supplemental air units in the Premises. Tenant shall pay Landlord five hundred dollars ($500) per month as rental for the rooftop space; provided that Landlord makes no representation or warranty that there is space available on the roof for any Additional HVAC Equipment. In the event that the Additional HVAC Equipment will be located on the roof, Tenant and Landlord shall enter into a rooftop license agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “J” . The Additional HVAC Equipment shall comply with applicable insurance regulations and applicable laws, shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building, Building Systems, Base, Shell and Core or the Premises, shall not create a dangerous or hazardous condition nor interfere with or disturb other tenants in the Building, and shall be consistent with a first-class office building. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs related to the Additional HVAC Equipment and installation thereof, including without limitation, costs of any modification to the Base, Shell and Core, Building Systems and Building Structure and costs of subsequent maintenance in connection therewith. Landlord may separately meter the utilities supplied to such Additional HVAC Equipment and in such event Tenant shall pay the cost thereof directly to Landlord, within thirty (30) days of billing therefor, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.2(c) shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove the Additional HVAC Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the rooftop and any other portions

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-19-


of the Project caused by such removal, provided that Landlord shall only have the right to require such removal and restoration if Landlord notifies Tenant in writing at the time of plan approval that removal will be required.

6.3 After-Hours HVAC . Tenant shall have the ability to activate the HVAC system for service to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, 365 days per year (except for emergencies and for periodic repairs) which includes, without limitation, during all hours for which Landlord is not obligated to supply such HVAC utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 (“ After-Hours HVAC ”). All After-Hours HVAC service shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, at the prevailing rate charged at the Building therefor from time to time (which is currently $85.00 per floor per hour); provided that if Tenant is separately charged for After-Hours HVAC in no event shall any charges related to providing After-Hours HVAC be included in Operating Expenses. Amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord for such use of After-Hours HVAC services shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be billed on a monthly basis. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for a total of 1,720 hours of After Hours HVAC provided to the Premises initially leased hereunder during the initial Lease Term (the “ Free HVAC ”). The Free HVAC may be allocated to the initial Premises as desired by Tenant over the course of the initial Lease Term, until exhausted.

6.4 Interruption of Use . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 , including, but not limited to, a failure to provide telecommunications, including telephone risers. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, provided that the Premises are not thereby rendered untenantable and such compliance does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

6.5 Rent Abatement . If Landlord fails to provide any of the services required to be provided by Landlord under Section 6.1 or to perform the obligations required of Landlord under the terms of this Lease and such failure causes all or a portion of the Premises to be untenantable and unusable by Tenant and such failure relates to the non-functioning of the heat, ventilation, and air conditioning system in the Premises, the electricity in the Premises, the non-functioning of the elevator or any other service essential to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, or a failure to provide access to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Initial Notice ”), specifying such failure (the “ Landlord Failure ”). If Landlord has not cured such Landlord Failure and reinstated such services within three (3) business days after the receipt of the Initial Notice (the “ Eligibility Period ”), Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the “ Additional Notice ”), specifying such Landlord Failure and Tenant’s intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Landlord Failure and reinstate such services within two (2) business days of receipt of the Additional Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date of the Initial Notice to the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Landlord Failure or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises. Except as provided in this Section 6.4 , nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-20-


ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep or cause to be kept the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the cost allocations therefor elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for repairs, maintenance and improvements to the exterior walls, foundation, structure and roof of the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building, the common areas, and the Building Systems, except to the extent that such repairs are required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; provided, however, that if such repairs are due to the negligence of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, subject to Section 10.5 . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree, provided that, except in the case of an emergency, Landlord shall give Tenant at least 24 hours prior written notice of any such entry into the Premises, and Landlord shall undertake such work in a diligent manner which minimizes any interference with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises to the greatest extent practicable. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Except as hereinafter provided in this Section 8.1 , Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than ten (10) business days prior to the desired date of commencement thereof and which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Alterations which are strictly cosmetic in nature, such as paint and carpet, so long as Tenant provides Landlord with at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice of such cosmetic Alterations. With respect to Alterations for which Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion with respect to any proposed Alteration which would create a Design Problem. As used in this Lease, a “ Design Problem ” means that the proposed Alteration (a) will have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of the Building; (b) is not in compliance with Applicable Laws; (c) would have an adverse effect on the Building Systems; (d) would affect the exterior appearance of the Building; (e) does not comply with the Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter); (f) would cause unreasonable interference with the normal and customary office operations of any other tenant in the Building, or (g) is presented to Landlord with incomplete, missing or inaccurate information. Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Alterations which do not create a Design Problem and cost less than $75,000 per project, so long as Tenant provides Landlord with at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of such desired Alterations (cosmetic Alterations require only two (2) business day’s prior notice, as set forth above). With respect to Alterations for which Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord agrees to provide its consent or a written explanation of its withholding of consent within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of proposed Alterations, together with such other materials as are reasonably necessary for Landlord’s analysis of the proposed Alterations. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in Tenant’s obtaining all necessary permits for Alterations in compliance with this Article 8 . The construction of the initial Tenant Improvements in the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8 .

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-21-


requirement (i) that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, mechanics and materialmen (collectively, “contractors”), materials, space planners, architects and engineers reasonably approved by Landlord, and/or (ii) that Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove any portion of such Alterations which are not customary office use in nature (such as stairwells or private restrooms) (“ Above Standard Installations ”) if required by Landlord upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term (provided that Landlord shall notify Tenant of such removal requirement in writing at the time of Landlord’s consent to such Above Standard Installations). All contractors working on the Alterations must be union contractors, subject to the following: service providers, architects, engineers and consultants who do not perform any physical construction work do not have to be union. General contractors do not have to be union, with the condition that they do not perform any construction work in-house and have on-site only a superintendent and a laborer for clean-up. Furniture installers must belong to the carpenter’s union, and all trades (subcontractors) must be union; provided, however, that Tenant may use non-union labor for the following trades: demolition, glazing, flooring and cabling, but in the case of labor disruption or the threat of a disruption as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, Tenant shall immediately cease using such non-union labor and switch to union-labor. Tenant shall immediately cease using any contractor that Landlord determines is not suitable for the Project, whether because of quality of the work or because of any potential or actual adverse impact of such contractor on the Project or on the labor relations between Landlord and any trade unions (including picketing or otherwise disrupting tenants or operations at the Project). Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of Santa Monica, all in conformance with Landlord’s Construction Rules and Regulations provided to Tenant by Landlord. All work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted to completion to the end that the Premises shall at all times be a complete unit except during the period of work. In performing any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project, or interfere with the labor force working in the Project. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 , upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Los Angeles in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project management office a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as to any Alterations for which Landlord’s consent was required.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . In the event Tenant orders any Alterations or repair work directly from Landlord, the charges for such work shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease, payable within thirty (30) days of billing therefor, either periodically during construction or upon the substantial completion of such work, at Landlord’s option. Upon completion of such work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of payment, contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of all liens for labor, services or materials. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an agreed-upon percentage of the cost of such work sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work, which amount payable to Landlord shall not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000).

8.4 Construction Insurance . In the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees that either it or its general contractor will carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 immediately upon completion thereof.

8.5 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, and all signs installed in, on or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. Furthermore, if Landlord, as a condition to Landlord’s consent to any Above Standard Installations, required that Tenant remove any such Above Standard Installations upon the expiration or early termination of the

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-22-


Lease Term (provided that Landlord notified Tenant of such removal requirement at the time of Landlord’s consent), Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove such Above Standard Installations and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of such Above Standard Installations, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. The removal and restoration requirements with respect to the supplemental air conditioning units and Additional HVAC Equipment are set forth in Section 6.2 above.

8.6 Tenant’s Property . Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property in the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”) shall at all times be and remain Tenant’s property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant may from time to time remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises, provided that Tenant repairs all damage caused by such removal, and Landlord shall have no lien or other interest in any item of Tenant’s Property.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant has no authority or power to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever, whether created by act of Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, to attach to or be placed upon the Project or Premises, and any and all liens and encumbrances created by Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Tenant covenants and agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of mechanics or material men or others to be placed against the Project, the Building or the Premises, or any portion thereof, with respect to work or services claimed to have been performed for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises, and, in case of any such lien attaching or notice of any lien, Tenant covenants and agrees to cause it to be immediately released and removed of record. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, in the event that such lien is not released and removed on or before the date occurring ten (10) days after notice of such lien is delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Landlord, at its sole option, may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove such lien, without any duty to investigate the validity thereof, and all sums, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and shall immediately be due and payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver .

10.1.1 To the extent not prohibited by law, and except as expressly set forth otherwise, Landlord, its members and their respective partners, subpartners, officers, agents, servants and employees (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from Tenant’s use or alteration of the Premises or the conduct of its business therefrom or from any activity performed in or about the Premises, the Building or any part of the Project by Tenant or its agents, invitees or licensees, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party or the breach by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease, and Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant and Tenant Parties harmless from any loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from such negligence or willful misconduct or breach. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages, other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, provided that Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice stating that Landlord is negotiating or has executed a new lease for the Premises and/or that a new tenant for the Premises requires access to or is prepared to move into the Premises. Landlord agrees to notify Tenant of any liability for which Tenant may be liable to

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-23-


Landlord pursuant to the foregoing and Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend Landlord against any such liabilities with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall not be released or indemnified from any breach of Landlord’s representations or obligations under this Lease or the Tenant Work Letter and (ii) Landlord shall not be released or indemnified from any losses, damages, liabilities, claims, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, or Landlord’s violation of any law, order or regulation. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.1.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, because Tenant compensates Landlord for insurance obtained by Landlord as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, and because of the existence of the waivers of subrogation set forth in Section 10.5 , Tenant shall be relieved of its indemnity obligation only with respect to any liabilities for Landlord’s property damage, even if such damage results from the negligent acts, omissions, or willful misconduct of Tenant or those of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, to the extent such liabilities are due to a risk covered by insurance of the type required to be carried by Landlord and paid for in part by Tenant as part of Operating Expenses. Similarly, since Tenant is required to carry insurance pursuant to Section 10.3 to cover its personal property within the Premises, Landlord shall be relieved of its indemnity obligation with respect to any liabilities arising in connection with any of Tenant’s personal property within the Premises, to the extent such liabilities are due to a risk covered by insurance of the type required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 , even if resulting from the negligent acts, omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord or those of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees. The parties’ agreement to indemnify and hold each other harmless pursuant to this Article 10 is not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies carried by Landlord of Tenant, respectively, to the extent that such policies cover the result of such acts, omissions or willful misconduct. If either party fails to carry insurance required to be carried by it pursuant to this Lease, such failure shall automatically be deemed to be a covenant and agreement by Landlord or Tenant, respectively, to self-insure to the full extent of such required coverage, with full waiver of subrogation.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance with Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises for other than general office uses consistent with a first class office building causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Subject to Article 24 , Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall, at its own cost, procure and maintain in effect the following coverages in the following amounts at all times during the Lease Term (and prior to the Lease Commencement Date with respect to any use or activity of Tenant hereunder at the Project).

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 , for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

Property Damage Liability

   $3,000,000 each occurrence
   $3,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability

   $3,000,000 each occurrence
   $3,000,000 annual aggregate
   0% Insured’s participation

10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-24-


by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Tenant Improvements and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Building Systems and the “Base Building,” as that term is defined herein below), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant. The term “ Base Building ,” for purposes of this Lease, shall mean the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms and the Building Systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. Such insurance shall be provide physical loss or damage protection against any peril included within the classification “all risk coverage” or “causes of loss – special form”, for the full replacement cost value new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage. Such insurance shall provide equivalent or greater coverage than that provided by ISO Form CP 10 30. The proceeds of such insurance (other than for trade fixtures, merchandise and other personal property of Tenant), so long as this Lease is in effect, shall be used for the repair or replacement of the Tenant Improvements and Alterations so insured to the extent necessary to put the Premises in a usable condition generally consistent with the quality of such improvements prior to the loss or casualty giving rise to the repair or replacement. Upon a casualty giving rise to the termination of this Lease, the proceeds of insurance shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant, as their interests appear in the insured property. The full replacement value of the items to be insured under this Section 10.3.2 shall be determined by Tenant and acknowledged by the company issuing the insurance policy by the issuance of an agreed amount endorsement to the policy at the time the policy is initially obtained, and shall be increased from time to time in order to maintain the replacement value coverage.

10.3.3 Workers’ Compensation Insurance in form and with limits in accordance with the laws of the State of California, including Occupational Disease Insurance, and Voluntary Compensation Insurance, and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence; per employee for disease; and in the aggregate for disease.

10.3.4 Loss of income or business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) provide that Landlord and CBRE (and any future lender or lenders designated by Landlord to Tenant) are each an additional insured as to the insurance described in Section 10.3.1 above; (ii) be written on an “occurrence” basis and have a deductible which does not exceed the deductible amount(s) maintained by similarly situated tenants in other Comparable Buildings; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage materially adversely changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord; and (vi) contain a cross-liability endorsement or severability of interest clause acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease with respect to the New Space (and, with respect to the Subleased Space, promptly upon the termination or earlier expiration of the Subleases) and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. Each certificate of insurance shall name Landlord as the certificate holder. Tenant shall either provide Landlord with a blanket additional insured endorsement which evidences the fact that each of the parties named above is covered as an additional insured on the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy required under Section 10.3.1 or originals of the endorsements to the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy providing equivalent or greater coverage than that provided by ISO Form CG 20 10 11 85 (form B), which include the following exact wording:

It is agreed that Water Garden Realty Holding LLC and CBRE, and their respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, affiliates, agents, employees, successors

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-25-


and assigns are additional insureds. The coverage under this policy is primary insurance with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the premises leased to [Tenant].

Such endorsements must be separate from certificates of insurance. Unless Tenant provides Landlord with a blanket additional insured endorsement which evidences the fact that each of the parties listed above is covered as an additional insured on the CGL policy required above, it is not acceptable to have the above-referenced language typed or written on the certificates of insurance in lieu of providing Landlord with the required endorsements. Each certificate of insurance and endorsement required hereunder must have an original signature. Rubber stamped signatures will not be accepted. Should Tenant at any time fail to provide the insurance required by this Lease, or should such insurance be cancelled, Landlord shall have the right (after giving Tenant five (5) days notice, with opportunity to cure such failure or cancellation), but not the duty, to procure the same and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof as Additional Rent within ten days after Landlord’s demand.

10.5 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be. If required, Landlord and Tenant shall provide their respective insurance companies with notice of such waiver and pay any additional premium to the extent necessary for such waiver to be valid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any direct or consequential loss or damage to their respective property to the extent such loss or damage is due to a risk insured under policies of insurance for fire and “all risk” coverage or “causes of loss – special form” coverage, theft, or other similar insurance maintained or required to be maintained by the waiving party, whether or not such damage or loss is attributable to the negligence of either party or their agents, invitees, contractors or employees. All of Landlord’s and Tenant’s repair and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be subject to the waiver contained in this paragraph.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Upon at least 30 days prior written notice from Landlord, which notice may not be given more than once in any twenty-four (24) month period during the Lease Term, Tenant shall carry and maintain during the balance of the Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 , and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required to be maintained by companies in a similar type of industry as Tenant, by owners and managers of the Comparable Buildings.

10.7 Landlord’s Insurance . Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall procure and maintain in force (subject to reimbursement for the cost thereof as an Operating Expense in accordance with Article 4 ) (a) physical damage insurance of the type commonly referred to as an “all risk of physical loss” or “causes of loss – special form” policy, including fire and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and water damage covering the Building (including, without limitation, all Building Systems), and (b) commercial general liability insurance insuring the Project against such risks and hazards as are customarily insured against in coverage and in relative amount, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, by others similarly situated and operating Comparable Buildings, but in no event less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence and general aggregate, combined single limit, for injuries to non-employees and property damage.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises, Base Building or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Premises, Base Building and such Common Areas, provided that Tenant has assigned to and diligently transfers to Landlord all insurance proceeds relating to the insurance required under Section 10.3.2 (other than for Tenant’s Property) and has paid to

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-26-


Landlord all deductibles applicable under such policies, except that if such amount is greater than $500,000, Tenant may deposit such amount into escrow with a title company or other institutional escrow holder acceptable to Landlord with irrevocable instructions that such amount be paid to Landlord for repair costs on a pro rata basis as repairs progress. Subject to the foregoing qualifications, such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Premises, Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or, provided such modifications do no not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises or parking rights or materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease or reduce the quality of the Building or Project, any other modifications to the Base Building or the Common Areas reasonably deemed desirable by Landlord. Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to Tenant’s Property, in accordance with Article 8 above. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair of the Premises, Base Building or the Common Areas; provided, however, that if Tenant has assigned and transferred to Landlord the insurance proceeds and paid the deductible(s) referenced in the second sentence of this Section 11.1 , and if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises, Base Building or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease as the sole result of the damage to the Premises, Base Building or the Common Areas, and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the “ Repair Notice ”) stating the estimated length of time that will be required to repair casualty damage as soon as reasonably possible after such damage, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 , if the Building or a Material Project Portion (as hereinafter defined) suffers major and material damage, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Material Project Portion; and instead terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant ninety (90) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or a Material Project Portion is majorly, materially damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) repairs to be made by Landlord cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred ten (210) days after the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); or (ii) the damage which is required to be repaired by Landlord is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies (provided such shortfall of insurance proceeds is at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000); provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within two hundred ten (210) days after the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage (which such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premium), Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date Landlord first has knowledge of the damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within such 210-day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “ Damage Termination Notice ”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-27-


Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. Landlord shall not terminate this Lease pursuant to this Article 11 in an arbitrary or discriminatory manner. As used herein and in Article 13 , “ Material Project Portion ” means the Project parking facility or portions of the Common Areas which are substantially significant and necessary for Building operation.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

11.4 Damage Near End of Term

11.4.1 If, during the last year of the Lease Term (as the same may have been extended), the Premises, access thereto within the Project or Building Systems serving the Premises suffer damage so that the Premises are rendered untenantable and the repair of the Premises cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within fifty percent (50%) of the remaining portion of the Lease Term at the time Landlord first has knowledge of the damage, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease (“ Tenant’s Third Termination Option ”). If Landlord determines that all or a portion of the Premises cannot be repaired within such period, Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from Tenant’s receipt of the Repair Notice to exercise Tenant’s Third Termination Option by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant exercises Tenant’s Third Termination Option, this Lease shall terminate, as of a date not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of the exercise of Tenant’s Third Termination Option.

11.4.2 In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 11.2 , if, during the last year of the Lease Term (as the same may have been extended), the Premises, access thereto within the Project or Building Systems serving the Premises suffer damage so that the Premises are rendered untenantable and the repair of the Premises cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord be completed within fifty percent (50%) of the remaining portion of the Lease Term at the time of the damage, Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Repair Notice, either (i) to make such repairs within a reasonable time, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect or (ii) to terminate this Lease as of a date not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant to terminate this Lease.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord or Tenant to enforce any remedy on account of the violation of such provision, even if such violation shall continue or be repeated subsequently, and any waiver by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, of any provision of this Lease may only be in writing. Additionally, no express waiver shall affect any provision other than the one specified in such waiver and then only for the time and in the manner specifically stated. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-28-


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any material part of the Premises, Building or Material Project Portion shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights are substantially impaired, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking. Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. If this Lease is terminated as provided above, Tenant, in addition to relocation costs, shall be entitled to a share of Landlord’s award equal to the unamortized cost of the Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees (for purposes hereof, “employees” shall include independent contractors, consultants, and partners performing services for Tenant at the Premises without the payment of rent to Tenant and not occupying the Premises pursuant to a sublease or in separately demised space) (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”), except for Transfers allowed pursuant to Section 14.7 . If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than ten (10) business days nor more than two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the material terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor (including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 , in connection with such Transfer), the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and any other information reasonably required by Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, the nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, not to exceed in the aggregate $2,500 per consent request.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in theTransfer

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-29-


Notice. Landlord shall approve or disapprove of a proposed Transfer within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof, unless Landlord then leases space to a government agency or instrumentality thereof (other than leases by Landlord to a foreign consulate or a trade office);

14.2.3 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Lease or sublease, as applicable, on the date consent is requested; provided, however, (i) for any sublease(s) covering up to an aggregate of 20,000 square feet of the Premises which are in effect at the same time, Landlord shall not withhold its consent to such sublease(s) based on the financial credit or financial stability of the Transferee, and (ii) for any sublease(s) covering more than an aggregate of 20,000 square feet of the Premises at any one time, Landlord will reasonably consider the financial worth and/or financial stability of the Transferee in conjunction with the financial worth of Tenant at the time, provided that Tenant’s financial strength shall be taken into account in determining whether there exists sufficient financial strength to support future performance under this Lease;

14.2.4 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.5 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, or other similar right held by Tenant; or

14.2.6 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Adjacent Building or Phase I at the time of the request for such consent, or (ii) is actively negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Adjacent Building or Phase I at such time, provided in either such case that Landlord or the owner of Phase I then has available space for lease in the Adjacent Building or Phase I which is suitable for the needs of such proposed Transferee in terms of size and location. As used in this Section 14.2.6 , “actively negotiating” shall mean that there has been at least a written lease proposal and a written response thereto (other than an outright rejection), with at least one of said writings occurring in the three (3)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice. It is expressly agreed that this Section 14.2.6 shall be inapplicable to occupants of the Building (i.e., Landlord will not withhold its consent to a Transfer request solely on the basis that the proposed Transferee or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, is an occupant of the Building).

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 ), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 , provided that if there are any material changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be declaratory judgment, an injunction for the relief sought or monetary damages (but never consequential damages), and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies on its

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-30-


own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all Applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium” received by Tenant from such Transferee, except that Tenant may retain one hundred percent (100%) of any Transfer Premium received in connection with Tenant’s subleasing of up to an aggregate of fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred and after recovery by Tenant of (a) the actual brokers’ commissions paid by Tenant, not to exceed commissions for similar transactions; (b) tenant improvement costs incurred by Tenant to effect such Transfer; (c) other economic concessions (allowances, moving expenses, etc.); (d) reasonable, actual advertising costs and legal fees; (e) any other reasonable, customary costs actually paid or incurred in assigning or subletting the transferred space or in negotiating or effectuating the assignment or sublease; and (f) reasonable attorneys’ fees; and (g) the Base Rent and Additional Rent pursuant to Article 4 paid by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the Transfer Space during the period such space is vacant and not used for business office operations and prior to the date the assignee or subtenant commences to pay rent to Tenant for such space, provided no such “vacancy cost” shall be recognized to the extent attributable to the period occurring prior to the date Tenant has vacated such Transfer Space and executed a brokerage listing agreement with an independent third party broker for the Transfer Space and delivered the Transfer Notice to Landlord. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer of the entire Premises for the entire remaining Lease Term, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”). Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within ten (10) business days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Premises. In the event such option is exercised by Landlord, this Lease shall be canceled and terminated as of the Contemplated Effective Date. If Landlord declines, or fails to timely elect to recapture the Premises under this Section 14.4 , then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14 , for a period of nine (9) months (the “ Nine Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such ten (10) business day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Premises during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period, Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer of the entire Premises for the entire remaining Lease Term, as provided above in this Section 14.4 . The Transfer Notice described in Section 14.1 above may, at Tenant’s election, also constitute the Intention to Transfer Notice, if (i) the notice so specifies, and (ii) the notice contains all of the information required for an Intention to Transfer Notice.

14.5 Effect of Transfer . In the event of a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer. No Transfer, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease from liability under this Lease.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-31-


14.6 Additional Transfers . Subject to Section 14.7 below, for purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or, (B) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death) within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises to (i) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Original Tenant, or (ii) a successor entity (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) which after such transaction directly or indirectly owns all or substantially all of Original Tenant’s assets or shares (each a “ Related Transferee ”) shall not require Landlord’s consent or payment of any amount to Landlord, provided that (a) Tenant notifies Landlord of any such Transfer prior to such Transfer, unless Tenant is legally prohibited from such prior disclosure, in which case Tenant shall provide such notice as soon as possible, but in no event more than three (3) business days, after such Transfer, (b) Tenant promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer and the Related Transferee, which Landlord shall maintain in confidence to the extent such information is not otherwise available to the public, except for disclosures thereof as required by law, or as necessary to Landlord’s counsel, accountants, lenders and advisers in connection with the operation and management of the Project and the analysis of the Transfer, (c) such Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (d) the Letter of Credit, or a substitute or replacement Letter of Credit acceptable to Landlord, remains in full force and effect in compliance with Article 21 and Tenant is not in Default under this Lease (after notice and lapse of applicable cure periods). “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.7 , shall mean with respect to a corporation, the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attributable to the shares of the controlled corporation and, with respect to a person or entity that is not a corporation, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

15.2 Removal of Trade Fixtures; Title to Tenant Improvements . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty (subject to Tenant’s insurance obligations and the provisions of Article 11 ) and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, unless specified otherwise in writing by Landlord, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-32-


other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. Tenant shall not be required to remove any Tenant Improvements or Alterations (except as provided in Sections 8.2 and 8.5 regarding Above Standard Installations, and except for the Additional HVAC Equipment and supplemental air conditioning units), and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations remaining in the Premises on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be the property of Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to use, transfer or demolish the same without any payment or obligation to Tenant.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be at sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period under this Lease, prorated based on the actual number of holdover days. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender (excluding such tenant’s lost profits) and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom, but only if the holdover continues beyond thirty (30) days and Landlord has notified Tenant of the existence of the new lease.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit “D” , attached hereto (or such other form as may be reasonably required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any first mortgage or trust deed, now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages or trust deeds, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof, to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof if so requested to do so by such purchaser, and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds,

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-33-


ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. There is currently no deed of trust encumbering the Project or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 18 , with respect to any mortgage or deed of trust hereafter executed affecting the Project or any portion thereof, this Lease shall be subordinated thereto only if the holder of the mortgage/deed of trust enters into a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement with Tenant which subordinates this Lease and provides for such mortgagee’s recognition of this Lease and for the agreement by Tenant and such holder to attorn one to the other upon the terms hereof.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Defaults . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “ Default ” of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due, which failure continues for five (5) days after written notice thereof to Tenant, which notice shall not be in lieu of and shall be in addition to the notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161; or

19.1.2 Any failure of Tenant to provide an estoppel certificate within the time period required by Article 17 , which failure continues for more than five (5) business days after an additional written notice of such violation to Tenant; or

19.1.3 Any violation of the provisions of Article 5 that continues for more than forty-eight (48) hours after written notice of such violation to Tenant; or

19.1.4 Any violation of the provisions of Article 8 that continues for more than forty-eight (48) hours after written notice of such violation to Tenant; provided, however, if the nature of the violation does not materially (i) adversely affect Building Systems or the Building structure, (ii) adversely affect access to or safety of any premises in the Building, or (iii) adversely affect the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Project, then, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within such forty-eight (48) hour period, Landlord shall not be entitled to exercise its remedies under Section 19.2 if within such forty-eight (48) hour period Tenant shall commence to cure the Default and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion within ten (10) days, provided that Tenant shall otherwise be liable to Landlord for such non-performance; or

19.1.5 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, unless the nature of the Default is such that it cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period, in which case Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to cure as soon as possible; or

19.1.6 Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.7 To the extent permitted by law, a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease for the benefit of creditors, or the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.8 The hypothecation or assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises, or attempts at such actions, in violation of Article 14 hereof, unless such hypothecation or assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises is fully unwound within fifteen (15) days after demand by Landlord; or

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-34-


19.1.9 Any recovery of rent paid by Tenant, by the debtor or bankruptcy trustee as a preference payment in the event of the filing by or against Tenant of any proceeding under bankruptcy law; or

19.1.10 Any failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with a renewed LC (as defined in Article 21 ) or a substitute LC in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then existing LC; provided, however, that if Landlord has elected (which election shall be at Landlord’s sole discretion), as a result of such failure, to draw down the LC and apply, use and retain the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 21.3 , Tenant shall not be in Default hereunder unless Landlord demands a renewed or replacement LC meeting the requirements of Article 21 (in which case Landlord will return any Excess Security to Tenant upon receipt of the proper LC) and Tenant fails to do so within five (5) days after Landlord’s demand.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Paragraphs 19.2.1(i) and (ii) , the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 , but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Paragraph 19.2.1(iii) , the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-35-


19.3 Sublessees of Tenant . If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Default by Tenant as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Defaults by Landlord . Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease if Landlord has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice thereof from Tenant (unless Tenant is legally barred from giving Landlord such notice); provided, however, that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if Landlord or such lender shall within such period commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity, but nothing herein shall be deemed to give Tenant the contractual right to terminate this Lease (or waive any right of termination which Tenant may otherwise have, at law or in equity) or, except to the extent expressly permitted under Section 6.5 of this Lease, to offset against rent or other sums due pursuant to this Lease.

ARTICLE 20

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

If either party commences litigation against the other for the specific performance of this Lease, for damages for the breach hereof or otherwise for enforcement of any remedy hereunder, the parties hereto agree to and hereby do waive any right to a trial by jury and, in the event of any such commencement of litigation, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party such costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as may have been incurred.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY

21.1 Letter of Credit . On or before the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ LC ”) in the original amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the “ LC Stated Amount ”). The LC shall be issued by a national money center bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord with an office in Los Angeles County that will accept draws on the LC (provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord approves Silicon Valley Bank as the issuer of the LC), and shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G” . Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred in obtaining and renewing the LC. The LC shall be effective from the date of delivery thereof through the date which is one hundred (100) days after the expiration of the Lease Term (the “ LC Expiration Date ”). The LC may be re-issued, renewed or replaced for annual periods, provided that the LC Stated Amount is not reduced except as expressly provided below. Each reissue, renewal or replacement LC shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G” , and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. The LC Stated Amount shall be reduced by One Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Eighty-Seven Dollars ($142,587) on the first (1st) anniversary of the Commencement Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date (herein, each a “ Reduction Date ”), subject to the provisions of Subparagraphs (1) and (2)  immediately below.

(1) Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if a Default has occurred and is continuing on a Reduction Date, or if a default would exist and be continuing on a Reduction Date but Landlord is barred by Applicable Law from sending a notice of default to Tenant with respect thereto, or if Tenant is in default under this Lease and Tenant has received notice thereof as required by this Lease, but failed to cure such default within the time period permitted under this Lease or such lesser time as may remain before a Reduction Date, then the LC Stated Amount shall not be reduced on such Reduction Date (but, if based upon a default, shall be reduced upon the curing of such default, subject, however, to Landlord’s draw on the LC as permitted hereunder in connection with a default).

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-36-


(2) As of the date hereof, the publicly reported number of Tenant’s outstanding shares multiplied by the trading price of Tenant’s shares as reported on the NASDAQ (referred to herein as “ Tenant’s Market Cap ”) is over Six Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($650,000,000). If, at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant’s Market Cap falls below Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000), then there shall be no reductions of the LC Amount unless and until Tenant’s Market Cap is restored to Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000) or more.

21.2 Failure to Reissue, Renew or Replace . If the bank that issues the LC fails to extend the expiration date thereof through the LC Expiration Date, and/or if Landlord receives a notice of non-renewal from such bank (as described in the LC), then Tenant shall provide Landlord with a substitute LC. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with a substitute LC in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then existing LC, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to (i) draw down the full amount of the LC and apply, use and retain the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 21.3 , and/or (ii) notify Tenant that Landlord requires a renewed or replacement LC meeting the requirements of Article 21 (in which case Landlord will return any Excess Security to Tenant upon receipt of the proper LC), and if Tenant fails to provide such renewed or replacement LC within five (5) days Landlord’s demand, Tenant shall be in Default under this Lease.

21.3 Application of LC and LC Account . Any amount of the LC which is drawn upon by Landlord, but not used or applied by Landlord shall be held by Landlord in an account (the “ LC Account ”) as security for the full and faithful performance of each of the terms hereof by Tenant, subject to use and application as set forth below. If a default beyond applicable notice and cure periods shall occur and be continuing with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of rent, or a default would exist under the Lease but Landlord is barred by applicable law from sending a notice of default to Tenant with respect thereto, or in the event the LC is not renewed or reissued at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then existing LC, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, draw upon all or any part of the LC and/or LC Account or use, retain or apply all or any part of the proceeds thereof for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, to repair damages caused by Tenant, to clean the Premises, or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default, including without limitation any other loss, liability, expense and damages that may accrue upon Tenant’s default or the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant, and costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises upon a default by Tenant hereunder. The use, application, retention or draw of the LC and/or LC Account, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not (i) constitute the cure of any default by Tenant or the waiver of such default, (ii) prevent Landlord from exercising any other remedies provided for under this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the LC and/or LC Account, or (iii) operate as a limitation on the amount of any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. If any portion of the LC and/or LC Account is so drawn upon, or any part of the proceeds thereof is used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, either increase the LC by, or provide a new LC in, such amount, or deposit cash with Landlord in an amount equal to the draw upon the LC and/or the amount of the LC Account that was used or applied (so that the combined amount of the remaining sums available to be drawn upon the LC and the LC Account balance equals the LC Stated Amount), and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default under this Lease. The LC Account may be commingled with other funds of Landlord, shall be held in Landlord’s name, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest or earnings thereon. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, in the event that the total amount of the LC outstanding plus any amount remaining in the LC Account exceeds the LC Stated Amount (“ Excess Security ”), then Landlord shall return the amount of the Excess Security to Tenant upon Tenant’s request to the extent that such amount is available in the LC Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord draws upon the LC for a reason other than Tenant’s failure to timely renew or replace the LC, Landlord shall only draw upon the LC to the extent Landlord reasonably, in good faith, believes is required for the purposes set forth in the second sentence of this Section 21.3 . In the event that Landlord draws upon the LC due to Tenant’s failure to timely renew or replace the LC, Tenant shall at any time thereafter be entitled to provide Landlord with, and Landlord shall at any time be entitled to require Tenant to provide, a

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-37-


replacement LC that satisfies the requirements hereunder, at which time Landlord shall return the unapplied cash proceeds of the original LC drawn by Landlord.

21.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all similar or successor provisions of law, now or hereafter in force regarding the purposes for which security deposits may be used and when security deposits must be returned, and Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that their entire agreement with respect to the LC and the LC Account is set forth herein.

21.5 Expiration of LC . Unless a default would exist under this Lease but Landlord is barred by applicable law from sending a notice of default to Tenant with respect thereto, within ten (10) days following the LC Expiration Date, Landlord shall return any LC previously delivered by Tenant and any balance remaining in the LC Account after use and application in accordance with this Section 21 , to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder), and Tenant shall have no further obligation to provide the LC.

21.6 Landlord’s Transfer . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in the Building or Project and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or assign the LC and/or the LC Account to the transferee or mortgagee. Upon such transfer or assignment of the LC and/or LC Account, Landlord shall be deemed released by Tenant from all liability or obligation for the return of the LC and LC Account, as applicable, and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee or mortgagee for the return thereof. If Landlord transfers or assigns the LC and Tenant fails to cause the bank that issued the LC to accept such transfer or assignment, such failure shall be a default hereunder.

21.7 Bank Obligation . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the LC is a separate and independent obligation of the issuing bank to Landlord and that Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such obligation, and that Landlord’s right to draw upon the LC for the full amount due and owing thereunder shall not be, in any way, restricted, impaired, altered or limited by virtue of any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, including without limitation, Section 502(b)(6) thereof.

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 General . For any floor that is leased entirely by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable written approval, and provided all signs are in keeping with the first class quality and design of the Building and Project, Tenant, at its sole expense, may install identification signage in the elevator lobby of such floor, and on or adjacent to the entry doors to the Premises, provided that such signage shall not be visible from the exterior of the Building. For any floor leased by Tenant that is a multi-tenant floor, Tenant shall have the right to have Landlord install identifying signage on or adjacent to Tenant’s entry doors, which signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be the same design and format as used by Landlord for other multi-tenant floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas, nor may Tenant install any signs in its windows, lighted or otherwise. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.2 Building Directory . Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, to designate names to be displayed under Tenant’s entry in the Building directory located in the lobby of the Building at a rate of two (2) names per each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-38-


23.3 Monument Signage .

23.3.1 During the Lease Term, subject to Tenant’s obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits and subject to the provisions of this Section 23.3 , Tenant shall have the right, at its option and at its sole cost and expense, to install and maintain one (1) identification sign strip containing its name and/or logo on the existing Building monument sign (“ Monument Sign ”) as depicted on Exhibit “K” attached hereto. Tenant’s signage right on the Monument Sign is non-exclusive

23.3.2 Landlord shall have the right to replace, refurbish, redesign or relocate the Monument Sign from time to time (in which case each reference herein to the Monument Sign shall be deemed to refer to such replacement or relocated monument sign), subject to City approval, so long as Landlord does not materially adversely change the visibility, size or location of Tenant’s signage provided by the existing Monument Sign. All aspects of Tenant’s identification signage on the Monument Sign shall be (a) consistent with Landlord’s Building standard monument signage program, (b) subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (c) in compliance with City and all other applicable governmental rules and regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the installation, maintenance and repair of Tenant’s identification sign on the Monument Sign and Landlord shall be responsible, subject to the provisions of Article 4 , for the maintenance and repair of the Monument Sign itself. Upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof (as an obligation which shall expressly survive such expiration or termination), or termination of Tenant’s rights to maintain its signage on the Monument Sign, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove Tenant’s identification signage thereon and repair any damage resulting therefrom, restoring such Monument Sign to its original blank condition. Tenant’s rights to signage on the Monument Sign under this Section 23.3 are personal to Original Tenant, and such rights shall not be assigned to any other entity or person, other than a Related Transferee, without Landlord’s consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole good faith discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall retain its rights to monument signage under this Section 23.3 only so long as (i) this Lease has not been terminated, and (ii) Tenant occupies for the conduct of business at least one (1) full floor of the Building; if Tenant fails to occupy for the conduct of business at least one (1) full floor of the Building, then Landlord may require Tenant to remove its signage from the Monument Sign by giving Tenant at least thirty (30) days notice, and if Tenant fails to complete such removal within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord may remove such Monument Sign on behalf of Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost thereof within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s invoice therefor is submitted to Tenant.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or knowingly permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Applicable Laws now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures applicable to the Premises, other than the making of structural changes to the Building or changes to the Building Systems. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for making changes to the Building structure, Building Systems and the Common Areas of the Building in order to comply with Applicable Laws and the allocation of the cost of any such changes by Landlord shall be governed by Article 4 , provided that if such changes are required only as a result of Tenant’s particular use, occupancy, improvement, repair or alteration of the Premises (as opposed to use and occupancy for normal or customary office purposes by tenants generally), Landlord shall notify Tenant of the changes required and the reasonable cost thereof and, if Tenant continues to require the particular use, occupancy, improvement, repair or alteration which gives rise to such changes, Landlord shall make such changes at Tenant’s cost.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-39-


ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder (provided that no late charge or interest shall be imposed with respect to the first occurrence of such a delinquency in any twelve (12)-month period if Tenant cures such first delinquency within five (5) days of written notice from Landlord thereof). The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within five (5) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (unless expressly stated otherwise in this Lease) and without any reduction of Rent otherwise payable under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, within a reasonable time after such performance is required by the terms of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency), make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any Default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 ; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (which shall be no less than one (1) business day in advance, except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or (during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term) tenants, or to the ground or underlying lessors; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building if necessary to comply with current building codes or other Applicable Laws, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform after any applicable notice and cure period. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In exercising its rights under this

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-40-


Article 27 , Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

28.1 Tenant’s Parking Privileges . Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to rent up to one hundred eighty-six (186) parking passes (“ Tenant’s Maximum Passes ”) for parking in the Project parking facility. From time to time during the Lease Term, on at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, but no more frequently than quarterly, Tenant may increase or decrease the number of parking passes rented hereunder up to the amount of Tenant’s Maximum Passes. At Tenant’s election, up to fifteen (15) of the Maximum Passes may pertain to reserved parking spaces, three (3) of which shall be directly adjacent to the freight elevator on the P1 level of the parking facility, and the remainder of which shall be on the P2 level and/or the P3 level. At least thirty (30) days prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the exact number of reserved and unreserved parking passes, within the parameters set forth above, that Tenant elects to rent as of the Lease Commencement Date. In the event Tenant requires parking passes in addition to Tenant’s Maximum Passes and the same are available and not required by Landlord in connection with its leasing and parking programs for the Project, Landlord shall provide the same to Tenant on a month-to-month basis for the period such passes are and remain available, at the rent and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 28.

28.2 Parking Rates . The parking passes rented by Tenant hereunder shall be rented at the rate posted for such parking passes from time to time in the Project, plus City of Santa Monica Parking Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is paying rent for at least one hundred sixty (160) parking passes pertaining to unreserved parking passes, Tenant shall be entitled to a discount from the Project’s posted rates with respect to a total of one hundred (100) of Tenant’s parking passes pertaining to unreserved parking on the P-2 and P-3 levels of the parking facility (the “ Discounted Passes ”) as follows (the “ Discount ”): a forty percent (40%) discount for months 1 – 12 of the initial Lease Term; a thirty percent (30%) discount for months 13 – 24 of the initial Lease Term; and a twenty-five percent (25%) discount for months 25 – 36 of the initial Lease Term. Tenant’s right to receive the Discount will be determined, and any such Discount will be applied, on a retroactive basis based on the number of parking passes actually rented by Tenant for the prior month. For example, if in the third (3 rd ) month of the Lease Term Tenant pays rent for one hundred sixty (160) or more unreserved parking passes, the parking rent for the Discounted Passes for the fourth (4 th ) month of the Lease Term shall be discounted by the then-applicable Discount; however, if in the fourth (4 th ) month of the Lease Term Tenant pays rent for only one hundred fifty (150) unreserved parking passes, then the parking rent for the Discounted Passes for the fifth (5 th ) month of the Lease Term shall not be discounted, etc. The Discount shall not apply to any City of Santa Monica Parking Taxes. Tenant shall not be entitled to any Discount during any period that Tenant is in Default under this Lease. After the 36 th month of the initial Lease Term, the Discount shall no longer apply and all passes rented by Tenant shall be rented at the rate posted for such parking passes from time to time in the Project, plus City of Santa Monica Parking Taxes. The Project’s posted parking rates and increases thereto shall be consistent with Comparable Buildings. The prevailing parking rates (including City of Santa Monica parking taxes) for parking passes are currently: $175.00 per month for unreserved parking on the P2 or P3 level of the Project’s subterranean parking facility, $200.00 per month for unreserved parking on the P1 level, $290.00 per month for reserved parking on the P1 level, and $240.00 per month for reserved parking on the P2 or P3 level.

28.3 Additional Parking Terms and Conditions . At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord shall have the right to convert up to 80% of the unreserved parking passes rented by Tenant (and other tenants on a non-discriminatory basis) to passes to be used in valet-assisted tandem parking spaces. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time during the Lease Term to use valet assisted parking in all or part of the parking areas. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-41-


the Project parking facility and upon Tenant’s cooperation in using commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such reasonable rules and regulations. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time, provided that such changes shall not materially adversely affect the parking rights of Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements; provided, however, that if Tenant is prevented from using any of its parking passes, parking pass rent for any such passes shall be abated for the period of time such passes are unusable. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord.

28.4 Use of Parking Passes . The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel (including independent contractors, consultants or partners providing services to Tenant at the Premises, provided that such parties are not paying any fee to Tenant for the use of such passes) and, on a pro rata basis, for the personnel of any Related Transferee or any permitted Transferee under Article 14 and such passes may not be otherwise transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

28.5 Tenant’s Clients and Visitors . Subject to reasonable rules and regulations for the Building parking facility, including, without limitation, temporary rules and regulations for the purpose of increased security, implemented by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator, Tenant’s clients and visitors may park in the subterranean Building parking facility at any time, twenty-four hours per day; provided, however, that after 10:00 p.m. each day, the parking attendants are no longer available and visitors and clients must possess a validation to exit the parking facility. From time to time after the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant may purchase parking validation booklets at Landlord’s prevailing Building rate for validation booklets. Tenant shall surrender any unused validation booklets (or portions thereof) upon the Lease termination.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 .

29.2 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use of the Premises or access or parking rights, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor.

29.3 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease first arising from and after the date of transfer and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer, provided that such transferee has assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust as additional security, but agrees that an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

29.4 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.2 , neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-42-


Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.

29.5 Captions . The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.6 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

29.7 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.8 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.9 Child Care Facilities . Tenant acknowledges that any child care facilities located in the Project or in Phase I (the “ Child Care Facilities ”) which are available to Tenant and Tenant’s employees are provided by a third party (the “ Child Care Provider ”) which is leasing space in the Project or in Phase I, and not by Landlord or the owner of Phase I. If Tenant or its employees choose to use the Child Care Facilities, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant and Tenant’s employees are not relying upon any investigation which Landlord or the owner of Phase I may have conducted concerning the Child Care Provider or any warranties or representation with respect thereto, it being the sole responsibility of Tenant and the individual user of the Child Care Facilities to conduct any and all investigations of the Child Care Facilities prior to making use thereof. Accordingly, Landlord and the owner of Phase I shall have no responsibility with respect to the quality of care provided by the Child Care Facilities, or for any acts or omissions of the Child Care Provider. Furthermore, Tenant, for Tenant and for Tenant’s employees, hereby agrees that Landlord and the owner of Phase I, and their respective members, partners, subpartners, officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for any loss, cost, damage, expense or liability, either to person or property, arising from the use of the Child Care Facilities by Tenant or Tenant’s employees. Tenant hereby covenants that Tenant shall inform all of Tenant’s employees of the provisions of this Section 29.9 prior to such employees’ use of the Child Care Facilities.

29.10 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith, contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises and shall be considered to be the only agreements between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.11 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.12 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, acts of terrorism, fire or other casualty, and

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-43-


other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (but specifically excluding any delay caused by such party’s negligence), except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant or amounts to be paid by Landlord pursuant to this Lease (collectively, the “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure; provided, however, the same shall not delay Tenant’s termination rights or rent abatement rights.

29.13 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by nationally recognized courier service, or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the following addresses, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant:

J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.

2029 Century Park East, Suite 4150

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Karen Wilbrecht, Executive Director

and

CBRE

1620 26 th Street, Suite 1015

Santa Monica, California 90404

Attention: Building Manager

With a copy to:

Gilchrist & Rutter Professional Corporation

1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 900

Santa Monica, California 90401

Attention: Diane J. Hvolka, Esq.

Any Notice will be deemed given three (3) business days after it is mailed as provided in this Section 29.13 or upon the date personal delivery is made or upon the date of delivery by nationally recognized courier service. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of the holder of any deed of trust or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail or by delivery by nationally recognized courier service, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default (as more fully set forth in the SNDA) prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant.

29.14 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.15 Authority . Concurrently with or prior to Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certified resolution evidencing that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

29.16 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

29.17 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-44-


29.18 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 10 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), whose commissions shall be the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.19 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease); provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impair the right of Tenant to commence a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions hereof so long as notice is first given to Landlord and any holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building or Project or any portion thereof, whose address has theretofore been given to Tenant, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and such holder to correct such violations as provided above.

29.20 Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.21 Transportation Management . To the extent required by Applicable Law or the currently existing development agreement for the Project, Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project or Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs shall apply to the Project and generally to the tenants of the Project as reasonably appropriate and applicable and on a generally nondiscriminatory basis, and may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant (but only if such restrictions are required by Applicable Laws); (ii) increased vehicle occupancy (but only to the extent required by Applicable Law); (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees (but only to the extent required by Applicable Law), provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize adverse impacts on Tenant’s parking rights hereunder to the extent reasonably practical.

29.22 No Discrimination . Landlord and Tenant covenant, each by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant or Landlord, respectively, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, sex, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall either party itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-45-


29.23 Hazardous Material . As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by, or is dealt with in, any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government, but excluding such substances as are typically and customarily found in other first class office buildings in small and lawful quantities for office and janitorial supplies, reprographic equipment and Building Systems. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may incur costs (A) for complying with laws, codes, regulations or ordinances relating to Hazardous Material (“ Environmental Laws ”), or (B) otherwise in connection with Hazardous Material including, without limitation, the following: (i) Hazardous Material present in soil or ground water; (ii) Hazardous Material that migrates, flows, percolates, diffuses or in any way moves onto or under the Project; (iii) Hazardous Material present on or under the Project as a result of any discharge, dumping or spilling (whether accidental or otherwise) on the Project by other tenants of the Project or their agents, employees, contractors or invitees, or by others; and (iv) material which becomes Hazardous Material due to a change in Environmental Laws. Tenant agrees that the costs incurred by Landlord with respect to, or in connection with, the Project for complying with Environmental Laws shall be an Operating Expense, unless the cost of such compliance, as between Landlord and Tenant, (A) is made the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, in which case such cost shall be borne by Tenant, or (B) is prohibited from being passed through as an Operating Expense pursuant to Section 4.2.3(q) or otherwise, in which case such cost shall be borne by Landlord (or directly by other tenants of the Project or third parties, as applicable) and not as an Operating Expense. To the extent any such cost that was allocated as an Operating Expense relating to Hazardous Material is subsequently recovered or reimbursed through insurance, or recovery from responsible third parties, or other action, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate share of such Operating Expense paid by Tenant to which such recovery or reimbursement relates.

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, the Project and all improvements therein have been and will be constructed without the use of asbestos or any other Hazardous Material (as defined below) known to be hazardous at the time of its installation, and, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, no Hazardous Material currently affects the Project in a materially adverse manner. For purposes of this Section 29.23 , the term “to the best of Landlord’s knowledge” means the present, actual knowledge of persons directly employed by Landlord or by its property manager.

29.24 Development of the Project .

29.24.1 Subdivision . Tenant acknowledges that the Project has been subdivided. Landlord reserves the right to further subdivide all or a portion of the buildings and Common Areas in the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from a subdivision and any all maps in connection therewith, so long as the same do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or parking or access rights or increase Tenant’s obligations or decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the separate ownership of any buildings and/or Common Areas of the Project by an entity other than Landlord shall not affect the calculation of Project Expenses or Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Project Expenses.

29.24.2 The Other Improvements . If portions of the Project or property adjacent to the Project (collectively, the “ Other Improvements ”) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, then so long as the Building, Project and Tenant are not materially adversely affected, and so long as the same do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or parking or access rights or increase Tenant’s obligations or decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access, use and/or enjoyment of the Project and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Project and all or any portion of the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Project Expenses to the Other Improvements and the allocation of a portion of the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Project, (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Project in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Project, and (v) for any other matter which Landlord deems reasonably necessary. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-46-


to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to sell all or any portion of the Project or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

29.24.3 Construction of Project and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project, so long as the same do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking or access rights.

29.25 ERISA Matters .

29.25.1 Tenant acknowledges that it has been advised that one of the constituent shareholders, partners and/or members of Landlord is a collective investment fund (the “ Fund ”) which holds the assets of one or more employee benefit plans or retirement arrangements which are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (each a “ Plan ”), and with respect to which JPMorgan Chase Bank (“ JPMCB ”) is the Trustee and that, as a result, Landlord may be prohibited by law from engaging in certain transactions.

29.25.2 Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date hereof, the only Plans whose assets are invested in the Fund which, together with the interests of any other Plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization, represent a collective interest in the Fund in excess of ten percent (10%) of the total interests in the Fund (each, a “ 10% Plan ”) are referenced in Exhibit “F” attached hereto (collectively, the “ Existing 10% Plans ”).

29.25.3 Tenant represents and warrants that as of the date hereof, and at all times while it is Tenant under this Lease, one of the following statements is, and will continue to be, true; (1) Tenant is not a “party in interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined on Section 4975 of the Code)(each a “ Party in Interest ”) with respect to the Existing 10% Plans or, (2) if Tenant is a Party in Interest, that:

(a) neither Tenant nor its “affiliate” (as defined in Section V(c) of PTCE 84-14, “ Affiliate ”) has, or during the immediately preceding one (1) year has, exercised the authority to either: (i) appoint or terminate JPMCB as the qualified professional asset manager (as defined in Section V(a) of PTCE 84-14, “ QPAM ”) of any of the assets of the Existing 10% Plan with respect to which Tenant or its Affiliate is a Party in Interest; or (ii) negotiate the terms of the management agreement with JPMCB, including renewals or modifications thereof, on behalf of the Existing 10% Plan; and

(b) neither Tenant nor any entity controlling or controlled by Tenant owns a five percent (5%) or more interest (within the meaning of PTCE 84-14, “ 5% Interest ”) in J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

29.25.4 In the event that Landlord or the Fund notifies Tenant in writing that a Plan other than the Existing 10% Plans may become a 10% Plan, Tenant will, within 10 days of such notification, inform the Fund in writing as to whether it can make the same representations which it made in Section 29.25.3 with respect to such prospective 10% Plan. Thereafter, if based on such representations made by Tenant such Plan becomes a 10% Plan, Tenant represents and warrants that, at all times during the period Tenant is a tenant under this Lease, one of the statements set forth in Section 29.25.3 will be true with respect to such 10% Plan.

29.25.5 In the event that Tenant becomes aware that any statement in Section 29.25.3 is no longer true with respect to a 10% Plan, Tenant will immediately notify Landlord, and Tenant will cooperate with Landlord and/or the Fund in its efforts to take whatever action is necessary under ERISA to rectify the situation.

29.26 Landlord Exculpation . It is expressly understood and agreed that notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and notwithstanding any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord hereunder (including any successor landlord hereunder) and any

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-47-


recourse by Tenant against Landlord shall be limited solely and exclusively to the amount of the interest of Landlord in and to the Project, including any proceeds from the sale or transfer thereof or insurance and condemnation proceeds in connection therewith. None of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.26 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner or member of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership or a limited liability company), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.27 Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment . Subject to paying all Rent hereunder and performing each of the other covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease required to be performed by Tenant within applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall lawfully and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the Lease Term without hindrance or molestation of anyone lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease and to any underlying mortgage (to the extent that this Lease is subordinate or made subordinate thereto, and subject to the terms of any non-disturbance agreement regarding this Lease to which Tenant is a party).

29.28 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Lines ”), provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 , (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises which were installed by or on behalf of Tenant and are no longer being utilized by Tenant, and repair any damage in connection with such removal, (vi) Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, remove all Lines installed by or on behalf of Tenant, and repair any damage in connection with such removal, upon the termination or earlier expiration of this Lease (and if Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of such Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant), and (vii) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four (4) feet outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “ Identification Requirements ”). Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which were installed by or on behalf of Tenant in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

29.29 Rooftop License . During the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the right to install and use one satellite dish antenna of up to twenty-four (24) inches in diameter (or the diameter of a standard DirectTV dish) on the Building’s roof, provided that the area of the roof used by Tenant shall not exceed Tenant’s pro rata share of available rooftop space, and shall be in a location on the roof reasonably designated by Landlord. If Landlord approves the installation of any such antenna by Tenant and if Tenant elects to install such antenna, Landlord and Tenant shall first execute and deliver a Rooftop License Agreement in the form attached hereto as

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-48-


Exhibit “I” , which shall require that Tenant pay rent for the use of such rooftop area in the amount of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per month.

29.30 Consents; Good Faith .

29.30.1 Any time this Lease requires a consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant, unless another standard is expressly set forth in this Lease, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that nothing in this Paragraph 29.30.1 shall require Landlord to consent to (i) any use of the Premises for purposes other than those permitted in Article 5 , (ii) any Alterations or Tenant Improvements which would adversely affect the Building Systems, Building structure, any other Building occupant, or exterior of the Building, or (iii) any proposed Transfer under this Lease to which Landlord is not otherwise required to consent under Article 14 .

29.30.2 Whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant a right to take action, exercise discretion, or make an allocation, judgment or other determination (collectively, an “ Act ”), Landlord or Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith, and shall not take any action which might result in the frustration of the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated landlord and a sophisticated tenant concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under this Lease, provided, however, that:

(a) Wherever this Lease elsewhere provides another standard which specifically defines or limits Landlord’s or Tenant’s discretion with respect to any Act, such other standard and not this Paragraph 29.30.2 shall then control as to such Act;

(b) Except for an obligation to act in good faith, this Paragraph 29.30.2 shall not apply to an election by Landlord to terminate the Lease under Sections 11.2 or 11.4 or Article 13 (but only if Landlord strictly complies with the parameters for termination set forth in those Sections);

(c) This Paragraph 29.30.2 shall not apply to an act taken by Landlord pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease; and

(d) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 29.30.2 shall be deemed to limit the discretion of Landlord or Tenant with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, a proposal to amend or otherwise modify the Lease) which is not otherwise within the contemplation of the Lease.

[Signature page follows]

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

-49-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   Commingled Pension Trust Fund (Strategic Property) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a Member
  By:   JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Trustee
    By:  

/s/ Karen Wilbrecht

      Karen Wilbrecht
      Executive Director
  Date Signed:
  “Tenant”:
 

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Adam L. Miller

    Its:  

Adam L. Miller

    Date Signed:  

November 30, 2011

  By:  

/s/ Perry A. Wallack

    Its:  

Perry A. Wallack

    Date Signed  

November 30, 2011

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.


EXHIBIT “A”

THE WATER GARDEN

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

LOGO

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

A-1


LOGO

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT “B”

THE WATER GARDEN

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

  To:  

 

   
 

 

   
 

 

   
 

 

   

 

Re:

Office Lease dated November     , 2011, between WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) concerning premises on the 5 th and 6 th floors in the office building located at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Santa Monica, California.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the referenced Office Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

1. The substantial completion of the Premises has occurred, and the Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on December 1, 2011 for a term of eighty-six (86) months ending on January 31, 2019.

2. [                    , 20    is the first day that you opened to the public for business.]

3. Rent commenced to accrue on             , in the amount of             .

4. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

5. Your rent checks should be made payable to             at             .

6. The rentable square footage of the Premises is 53,072 rentable square feet.

7. Tenant’s Share is 16.16%.

Pursuant to the terms of Article 2 of your Lease, you are required to return an executed copy of this Notice to             within twenty (20) business days following your receipt hereof, and thereafter the statements set forth herein shall be conclusive and binding upon you. Your failure to timely execute and return this Notice shall constitute your acknowledgment that the statements included herein are true and correct, without exception.

 

“Landlord”:
WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Commingled Pension Trust Fund (Strategic Property) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a Member
  By:  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

B-1


 

By:  

 

  Karen Wilbrecht  
  Executive Director  
Date Signed:  

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted as

of            , 20    .

 

“Tenant”:

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Its:  

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT “C”

THE WATER GARDEN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the greater Los Angeles area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. No service deliveries (other than messenger services) will be allowed between hours of 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours and in such specific elevator as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. Any requests of Tenant shall be directed to the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents to prevent such activities.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or agents, shall have caused it.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

C-1


9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s consent first had and obtained except in connection with the hanging of artwork or other standard office-type decoration, as well as customary bulletin boards, white boards and the like.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid or material.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. Landlord will approve where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephone, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in the entrances or corridors, nor in any way obstruct the sidewalks, lobby, halls, stairways or elevators, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Santa Monica, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Tenant shall assume any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

C-2


attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with the State of California “ No-Smoking ” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5, and any local “No-Smoking” ordinance which may be in effect from time to time and which is not superseded by such state law.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein provided that Landlord shall first give Tenant a copy of any such revised Rules and Regulations prior to enforcing the same against Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any new rule or regulation unless the same applies non-discriminatorily to all occupants of the Building, does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights and does not materially increase the obligations or decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Landlord shall not enforce the Rules and Regulations against Tenant on a discriminatory basis.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

C-3


EXHIBIT “D”

THE WATER GARDEN

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of November     , 2011 by and between WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING, as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the 5 th and 6 th floors of the office building located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard, Santa Monica, California, certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit “A” is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit “A” represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease.

3. The Lease Term commenced on            , 20            , and the Lease Term expires on                     .

4. Base Rent became payable on             , 20            

5. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit “A” .

6. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:                         .

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                 . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                .

8. To Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, all conditions to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. The Letter of Credit provided by                 Bank in favor of Landlord is in full force and effect and the amount available to be drawn thereunder is $                .

11. As of the date hereof, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, without inquiry, there are no existing defenses or offsets that the undersigned has against Landlord nor have any events occurred that with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord under the Lease.

12. The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee, or a prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making of such loan or acquisition of such property.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

D-1


Executed at                 on the                 day of                 , 20        .

 

“Tenant”:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Its:  

 

By:  

 

  Its:  

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT “E”

THE WATER GARDEN

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Lease. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “the Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit “E” and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 5 of this Tenant Work Letter.

ARTICLE 1

BASE BUILDING

The base, shell, and core of the Building, including the floors on which the Premises are located (the “ Base, Shell, and Core ”) have been constructed. Tenant currently occupies the Subleased Space pursuant to the Subleases. Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of the Subleases, Tenant must comply with the terms and conditions of this Tenant Work Letter with respect to all improvements initially constructed in the Subleased Space after the date of the Lease. Within five (5) days after the mutual execution of the Lease, Landlord shall deliver the New Space to Tenant. Tenant hereby accepts the Base, Shell and Core and the Premises “AS IS” in their existing condition as of the date of the Lease, without any modification or alteration by Landlord, provided that (A) Landlord shall be responsible for such modification or alteration which is required in order for the Project to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (“ ADA ”)) in effect on the date of the Lease, as such laws are currently interpreted and enforced, and (B) Landlord shall deliver the New Space in the New Space Delivery Condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, as part of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) shall be responsible for performing the following (collectively, the “ HVAC Upgrade Work ”) in areas where the existing ceiling is opened up for Tenant Improvements or where existing VAVs are exposed: (i) upgrade the existing VAVs with DDC controls; (ii) clean the existing exterior zone VAV heating coils, and (iii) install Griswold circuit setter valves with T & P connections and drain valves on reheat coils to exterior VAV zones (if not already existing). Tenant shall, prior to performance of the HVAC Upgrade Work, submit to Landlord, for its reasonable approval, an itemized cost breakdown with quantities and unit prices for the HVAC Upgrade Work. Upon completion of the HVAC Upgrade Work, provided that Landlord receives the items required by Subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii)  of Section 2.2.2(a) with respect to the HVAC Upgrade Work, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual, out-of-pocket costs of the performance of the HVAC Upgrade Work as defined herein. Such reimbursement shall be separate from the Tenant Improvement Allowance and not deducted therefrom. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with Tenant’s installation of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall be solely responsible for all costs required to bring the Project outside the Premises into compliance with Applicable Laws to the extent required for occupancy of the Premises for general office use, or related to the presence of Hazardous Materials not introduced by Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors.

ARTICLE 2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS; TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE

2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) in the amount of One Million Five Hundred Ninety-Two Thousand and One Hundred Sixty and 00/100 Dollars ($1,592,160.00) (which is equal to Thirty Dollars ($30.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises), to be used solely for the costs relating to the design, engineering, permitting, management and construction of Tenant’s initial improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) and for the “Soft Costs” defined below. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements of its own funds pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-1


2.2 Payment of Tenant Improvement Allowance .

2.2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance Items . Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”), provided that no more than twenty percent (20.0%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance may be disbursed for “Soft Costs” (as defined below):

(a) Plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(b) The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage and trash removal costs, and Contractor’s Fees, general conditions charges and construction management fees;

(c) The cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core work when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings, such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

(d) The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by City of Santa Monica Building Code (the “ Building Code ”);

(e) Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees;

(f) The Coordination Fee;

(g) All other costs reasonably approved by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements; and

(h) The following costs (each a “ Soft Cost ” and, collectively, the “ Soft Costs ”):

(i) Costs of purchasing and installing telecommunications and data cabling;

(ii) Architectural and engineering design fees; and

(iii) Costs for purchasing and installing workstations.

2.2.2 Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance .

(a) Initial Allowance Amount . With respect to fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (i.e., Seven Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Eighty Dollars ($796,080)) (referred to herein as the “ Initial Allowance Amount ”) on or before the twentieth (20 th ) day (the “ Submittal Date ”) of each calendar month during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall, if Tenant desires disbursements of the Initial Allowance Amount at such time, deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a commercially reasonable form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed, and demonstrating that the relationship between the cost of the work completed and the cost of the work to be completed complies with the terms of the “Construction Budget,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, as such Construction Budget may be updated from time to time; (ii) invoices from all of “Tenant’s Agents”, as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Tenant Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) in connection with reimbursement payments to Tenant, executed unconditional lien releases, and in connection with payments that are not reimbursements, executed conditional lien releases, in each case from all of Tenant’s Agents and in compliance with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Section 3262(d); and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. As between Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. On or before the date occurring thirty (30) days after the Submittal Date (but in no event prior to January 1, 2012), and assuming Landlord receives all of the information described in items (i) through (iv) , above, Landlord shall deliver a check to Contractor made payable to

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-2


Contractor, or a check to Tenant payable to Tenant if Tenant is requesting reimbursements for previous amounts paid by Tenant to its Agents, in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2(a) , above, and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Initial Allowance Amount, provided that Landlord does not reasonably dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings”, as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. In no event will Landlord be obligated to disburse any of the Initial Allowance Amount prior to January 1, 2012.

(b) Later Allowance Amount. Landlord shall disburse the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (i.e., Seven Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Eighty Dollars ($796,080)) (referred to herein as the “ Later Allowance Amount ”) monthly commencing on July 1, 2012, provided that Tenant complies with the requirements of Section 2.2.2(a) (and for purposes thereof, references in Section 2.2.2(a) to the Initial Allowance Amount shall be deemed to refer to the Later Allowance Amount; provided that in no event will Landlord be obligated to disburse any of the Later Allowance Amount prior to July 1, 2012).

(c) Final Retention . Subject to the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of ten percent (10%) of the Later Allowance Amount until (i) the construction of the Premises is completed, (ii) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed unconditional final lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents in compliance with California Civil Code Section 3262(d)(4), (iii) Landlord has reasonably determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the Building structure, Building Systems, the curtain wall of the Building, the exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building, and (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord a record set of Approved Working Drawings (as defined below) showing all changes to the Approved Working Drawings made during construction, and the items described in the “Close-out Requirements” document included in the Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards (as hereinafter defined). The withholding of the 10% hereunder will not be applied to each draw request submitted by Tenant for the Later Allowance Amount; rather the10% will be withheld “on the back end” until Tenant has satisfied the requirements set forth herein.

(d) Other Terms . Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items. All Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for which the Tenant Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of Section 8.5 of the Lease, except that Tenant shall be the owner of moveable trade fixtures. Landlord shall be under no obligation to make any disbursement of the Initial Allowance Amount or the Later Allowance Amount after December 31, 2012.

2.2.3 Tenant Offset Right. If Landlord breaches its obligation relating to the payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance as set forth in this Section 2 and does not cure any such breach within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Tenant, and provided Tenant is obligated to and does pay to third parties any amount which was required to be paid by the Tenant Improvement Allowance, then Tenant shall have the right to offset any such amount paid by Tenant to such third parties against the Rent next falling due after the date of such payment. Any such offset made by Tenant shall be credited against Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

2.2.4 Termination Prior to Disbursement of Allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Lease, if the Lease terminates prior to December 31, 2012 due to Landlord’s exercise of its termination right under Articles 11 or 13 thereof and (i) all or a portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance remains undisbursed (herein, the “ Undisbursed Allowance ”), (ii) Tenant has incurred expenses for Tenant Improvement Costs and complied with the requirements of Section 2.2.2(a) above (and, with respect to the final 10% of the Later Allowance Amount, Section 2.2.2(c) above), such that Tenant would have been entitled to receive the Undisbursed Allowance but for Landlord’s termination of the Lease, (iii) Tenant has carried the insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder and under the Lease, and (iv) Tenant’s insurance does not fully reimburse Tenant for the cost of its Tenant Improvements, then Landlord will pay Tenant for the Tenant Improvement costs not reimbursed by Tenant’s insurance, up to the amount of the Undisbursed Allowance, within thirty (30) days after termination of this Lease.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-3


ARTICLE 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Tenant shall retain a licensed competent, reputable architect, experienced in high-end office space design (the “ Architect ”), as architect/space planner for the construction of the Tenant Improvements to prepare the Construction Drawings. It is not required that Tenant obtain Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s selection of the Architect. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has retained S.K.I.N. Inc. as the Architect. If necessary due to the nature of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “ Engineers ”), provided Tenant is not obligated to pay more for their services than market rates, to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base, Shell and Core work, if any, required of Landlord hereunder. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known, collectively, as the “ Construction Drawings ”. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Article 3 shall be for its own purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same for quality, design, Building Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in Section 10.1 of the Lease shall, without limitation, specifically apply to the Construction Drawings. Furthermore, Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the Construction Drawings, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith.

3.2 Final Space Plan . Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Premises (the “ Final Space Plan ”) for Landlord’s reasonable approval. The Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, the configuration of workstations (if any) and their intended use. Landlord shall advise Tenant, with reasonable specificity, within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan, if Landlord reasonably determines that a Design Problem (as defined in Section 8.1 of the Lease) exists in connection with the same in any respect. If Landlord fails to advise Tenant of any Design Problem within said five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Final Space Plan. Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to reflect Landlord’s comments before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings are commenced. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease, Tenant is not obligated to plan or construct any Tenant Improvements (it being acknowledged and agreed, however, that Tenant will not be entitled to any Initial Allowance Amount or Later Allowance Amount after December 31, 2012). If no time period herein is stated for Landlord to respond to a request, provide a required consent, or take other action, Landlord shall be required to respond within a five (5) business day period and Landlord’s failure to do so shall be deemed a consent and/or waiver of such requirement.

3.3 Final Working Drawings . After the approval and final correction of the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and cause Architect to compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and Tenant shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with two (2) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant, with reasonable specificity, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings if Landlord reasonably determines that a Design Problem exists in connection with the same in any respect. If Landlord fails to advise Tenant of the same within said ten (10) day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such Final Working Drawings. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall immediately revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval or identification of a Design Problem by Landlord.

3.4 Approved Working Drawings . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by Landlord (the “ Approved

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-4


Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall submit the same to the City of Santa Monica for all applicable building permits. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.5 Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards . Landlord has established construction rules, regulations, requirements and procedures, and specifications, design criteria and Building standards which Tenant, the Architect and all the other Tenant’s Agents (as defined in Paragraph 4.1(b) below) must comply with in designing and constructing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “ Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards ”).

ARTICLE 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Tenant’s Selection of Contractor .

4.1.1 The Contractor . Tenant shall hire a licensed, competent, reputable general contractor, experienced in high-end office space construction in Santa Monica, who is reasonably approved in writing by Landlord (the “ Contractor ”), as contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant may competitively bid among general contractors approved by Landlord in selecting the Contractor. It is not required that Tenant obtain Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s selection of the Contractor.

4.1.2 Tenant’s Agents . All subcontractors (including all fire sprinkler tradesmen), laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor, the Architect, and all other contractors, engineers and consultants retained by the Tenant to be known collectively as “ Tenant’s Agents ”) must be licensed, competent, reputable, and experienced in high-end office space construction in Santa Monica; provided that, in any event, Tenant must contract with Landlord’s base building subcontractors for any mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, life-safety, roofing, or heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning work in the Premises so long as Tenant or its Contractor is not required to pay such subcontractors more than market rates. Tenant’s Agents must be union contractors, subject to the following: service providers, architects, engineers and consultants who do not perform any physical construction work do not have to be union. General contractors do not have to be union, with the condition that they do not perform any construction work in-house and have on-site only a superintendent and a laborer for clean-up. Furniture installers must belong to the carpenter’s union, and all trades (subcontractors) must be union; provided, however, that Tenant may use non-union labor for the following trades: demolition, glazing, flooring and cabling, but in the case of labor disruption or the threat of a disruption as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, Tenant shall immediately cease using such non-union labor and switch to union-labor. Tenant shall immediately cease using any of Tenant’s Agents that Landlord determines are not suitable for the Project, whether because of quality of the work or because of any potential or actual adverse impact of such contractor on the Project or on the labor relations between Landlord and any trade unions (including picketing or otherwise disrupting tenants or operations at the Project).

4.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents .

4.2.1 Construction Contract; Cost Budget . Within (5) five days after Tenant’s execution of the construction contract with Contractor (the “ Contract ”), and prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit the Contract to Landlord for its records. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) a detailed breakdown, by trade, for all of Tenant’s Agents, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor (which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract) (the “ Final Costs ”) and (ii) a construction budget

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-5


(the “ Construction Budget ”), the amount of which Construction Budget shall be equal to (1) the Final Costs plus (2) the other costs of design and construction of the Premises (to the extent not already included in the Final Costs), which costs shall include, but not be limited to, the costs of the Architect’s and Engineers’ fees and the Coordination Fee.

4.2.2 Tenant’s Agents .

(a) Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Tenant Improvement Work . Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agent’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall not, in any material way, interfere with, obstruct, or delay any other work in the Building; (iii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Tenant’s Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iv) Tenant and Tenant’s Agents shall abide by all reasonable rules made by Landlord’s Building contractor or Landlord’s Building manager and as described in the Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Tenant Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Tenant Improvements. To the extent there is any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter, on the one hand, and the terms and provisions of the Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter, as applicable, shall control.

(b) Coordination Fee . Tenant shall pay a coordination fee (the “ Coordination Fee ”) to Landlord in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the lesser of (i) the Tenant Improvement Allowance and (ii) the Final Costs, which Coordination Fee shall be for services relating to the coordination of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(c) Indemnity . Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Section 10.1 of the Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements (unless such failure to pay by Tenant is a result of Landlord’s failure to disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance in the manner required under this Tenant Work Letter). Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in Section 10.1 of the Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises, except to the extent due to Landlord’s negligence, willful misconduct or default under the Lease.

(d) Requirements of Tenant’s Agents . Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Tenant Improvements, and/or the Building and/or common areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Tenant Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement upon termination of this Lease.

(e) Insurance Requirements .

(i) General Coverages . All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry (i) worker’s compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of their respective

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-6


employees, (ii) employer’s liability insurance of $1,000,000 for each block (ie, “Each Accident”, Disease-Policy Limit”, “Disease-Each Employee”), (iii) Broad Form Commercial General Liability insurance with a combined single limit of coverage of $2,000,000 for the minor trade subcontractors, and a combined single limit of coverage of $3,000,000 for the Contractor and major trade subcontractors and all of the other Tenant’s Agents; (iv) automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles in the amount of $1,000,000; and (v) Professional Liability and Errors and Omissions coverage in the amount of $1,000,000 for Tenant’s Agents involved with design or engineering. All of Tenant’s Agent’s employees at the Project shall be bonded for $1,000,000. The policies shall insure Landlord, CBRE and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as the Contractor and subcontractors. CBRE, at the office of the Building, shall be the certificate holder.

(ii) Special Coverages . Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of the Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

(iii) General Terms . Original Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2(e) must be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance. In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Tenant Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operations Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for three (3) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All property insurance maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2(c) of this Tenant Work Letter.

4.2.3 Governmental Compliance . The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Building Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person; (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

4.2.4 Inspection by Landlord . Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same. Should Landlord reasonably disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any material defects or deviations in, and/or reasonable disapproval by Landlord of, the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Tenant Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter is likely to adversely affect the Building Systems, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises, Landlord may, take such action as Landlord reasonably deems necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Tenant Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlord’s satisfaction.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-7


4.2.5 Meetings . Commencing upon the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall hold weekly meetings at a time mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and/or its agents shall have the right to attend all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s reasonable request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, and a copy of such minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3 Notice of Completion; Copy of “As Built” Plans . Within five (5) days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Los Angeles in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Within thirty (30) days after the substantial completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord as-built drawings and the items described in the “Close-out Requirements” document included in the Landlord’s Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Perry Wallack as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.2 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Jeff Bertwell as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.3 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Tenant Work Letter to a “ number of days ” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.

5.4 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if an event of default as described in Section 19.1 of the Lease or default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter has occurred at any time and is not cured after notice and within the applicable cure period (or if no cure period is provided, then within a reasonable period), then, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, and all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be suspended until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

5.5 Services and Utilities . During the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, Landlord shall, subject to the reasonable requirements of existing tenants in the Building, provide to Tenant and Tenant’s Agents the non-exclusive use of Landlord’s freight elevators and loading docks as may be reasonably required to enable Tenant’s Agents to construct the Tenant Improvements during Building hours in accordance with the Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards, and, to the extent Building Systems therefor remain intact during construction, electricity, water and HVAC during Building hours (collectively, the “ Services ”), all of which shall be provided without deduction from the Tenant Improvement Allowance or other charge to Tenant. The Final Costs shall include the cost of Services (at Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket cost) utilized in the prosecution of the Tenant Improvements outside of Building hours, or which are required by Tenant and used by Tenant on an exclusive basis; provided that the parties stipulate that the charge for use of the freight elevator outside of Building hours shall be $25.00 per hour with a four (4) hour minimum. Tenant’s Agents shall also be provided with parking (to the extent available) free of charge during the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, nothing in this Section 5.5

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-8


shall limit or modify Tenant’s obligations under the Subleases (or the obligations of the sublandlord thereunder to Landlord) with respect to the Subleased Space for the period prior to the Lease Commencement Date.

5.6 Early Access . Tenant shall have the right to access the New Space immediately upon delivery thereof by Landlord for purposes of planning the Tenant Improvements; Tenant may commence construction of the Tenant Improvements after obtaining any required permits from the City of Santa Monica and subject to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter and the terms of Construction Rules, Requirements, Specifications, Design Criteria and Building Standards. Such early access shall be subject to all of the terms of the Lease and this Tenant Work Letter, except the obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent for Project Expenses.

SECTION 6

RENT COMMENCEMENT

6.1 Rent Commencement . Except as set forth in this Article 6 , Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the Premises shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date as provided in the Lease.

6.2 Definitions .

(a) The term “ Landlord Delay ” shall mean a delay in the Substantial Completion (as defined below) of the Tenant Improvements due to the following acts or omissions of Landlord, its agents or contractors: (1) delay in Landlord’s response beyond the time periods provided herein with respect to authorizations or approvals, except where this Tenant Work Letter provides for a deemed approval by Landlord when Landlord fails to respond within the specified time period; (2) delay attributable to the interference of Landlord, its agents or contractors with the design of the Tenant Improvements, or the failure or refusal of any such party, after the date the Premises are delivered to Tenant, to permit Tenant, its agents or contractors, reasonable access during normal business hours to the Building or any Building facilities or services, including freight elevators, passenger elevators, and loading docks, which access and use are required for the orderly and continuous performance of the work necessary for Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements (except that access to passenger elevators is subject to the normal operation of the Building and access thereto by the other tenants of the Building); or (3) delay by Landlord in administering and paying when due the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

(b) The term “ Force Majeure Delay ” shall mean a delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements due to governmental strike, natural disaster or war.

(c) “ Substantial Completion ” of the Premises shall occur upon the later to occur of (i) permitted occupancy of New Space by the City of Santa Monica and (ii) completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant in the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or to be installed under the supervision of Contractor.

6.3 Effect of Delays. Tenant’s obligation to commence paying Base Rent shall be postponed by one (1) day for each day of Landlord Delay and non-concurrent Force Majeure Delay, subject to this Section 6.3 . No Landlord Delay or Force Majeure Delay shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord specifying the action, inaction or event that Tenant contends constitutes a Landlord Delay or Force Majeure Delay. If such action, inaction or event is not cured or terminated within one (1) business day after receipt of such notice, then a Landlord Delay or Force Majeure Delay, as applicable, shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date such notice is received and continuing for the number of days that the Substantial Completion of the Premises was, in fact, delayed, as a result of such action, in action or event. Landlord Delays and Force Majeure Delays shall be recognized hereunder only to the extent the same are not concurrent with any other Landlord Delay or Force Majeure Delay which is effective hereunder. For example, if there are ten (10) days of Landlord Delays and four (4) days of Force Majeure Delays which occur during the same ten (10) day period of such Landlord Delays, then the date of Base Rent commencement would be extended by only ten (10) days; on the other hand, if such Landlord Delays and Force Majeure Delays did not occur during the same period, the date of Base Rent commencement would be extended by fourteen (14) days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the maximum amount of Force Majeure Delay recognized

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-9


hereunder shall be one hundred eighty (180) days (i.e., the date of Base Rent commencement may not be postponed by more than one hundred eighty (180) days of Force Majeure Delay).

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

E-10


EXHIBIT “F”

THE WATER GARDEN

EXISTING 10% PLANS REFERENCED IN

SECTION 29.25 OF THE LEASE

None.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

F-1


EXHIBIT “G”

THE WATER GARDEN

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

BENEFICIARY:

WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC

1620 26 TH STREET, SUITE 1015N

SANTA MONICA, CA 90404

AS “LANDLORD”

APPLICANT:

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

1601 CLOVERFIELD BLVD., SUITE 620

SANTA MONICA, CA 90404

AS “TENANT”

AMOUNT: US$1,000,000.00 ONE MILLION AND NO/100 US DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE:                     (TBD – ONE YEAR FROM L/C ISSUANCE)

LOCATION: SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF             IN FAVOR OF WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (“BENEFICIARY”). THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE BY SIGHT PAYMENT WITH OURSELVES ONLY AGAINST PRESENTATION AT THE BANK’S OFFICE (AS DEFINED BELOW) OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

  1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS BELOW.

 

  2. YOUR SIGHT DRAFT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART DRAWN ON US IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “A”.

 

  3. A DATED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN BRACKETS THEREIN COMPLIED WITH:

 

  (A.)

”BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO MAKE A DRAW ON LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF00            IN THE AMOUNT OF $            UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE DATED AS OF             , 2011 BETWEEN WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO PREMISES IN THE BUILDING LOCATED AT 1601 CLOVERFIELD BOULEVARD, SANTA MONICA , CALIFORNIA (THE “ LEASE ”) AND THAT (1) A DEFAULT BY TENANT HAS OCCURRED UNDER

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

G-1


  THE LEASE BEYOND APPLICABLE NOTICE AND CURE PERIODS, OR IN LIEU OF ITEM (1) ABOVE, (2) A DEFAULT WOULD EXIST UNDER THE LEASE BUT LANDLORD IS BARRED BY APPLICABLE LAW FROM SENDING A NOTICE OF DEFAULT TO TENANT WITH RESPECT THERETO.”

OR

 

  (B.) “BENEFICIARY HAS RECEIVED A NOTICE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK THAT ITS IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER SVBSF            WILL NOT BE EXTENDED AND APPLICANT HAS FAILED TO PROVIDE A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT SATISFACTORY TO BENEFICIARY WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

THE LEASE MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE ALLOWED.

SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS BELOW PERMITTING FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRES AT OUR OFFICE ON             , BUT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60)  DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL/OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR SUCH OTHER ADDRESS AS BENEFICIARY MAY FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE IN A NOTICE DELIVERED TO SILICON VALLEY BANK AT THE BANK’S OFFICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE THEN-CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. BUT IN ANY EVENT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND MAY 10, 2019 WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

THE DATE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE PROVISION IS THE “FINAL EXPIRATION DATE”. UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL FULLY AND FINALLY EXPIRE AND NO PRESENTATIONS MADE UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER SUCH DATE WILL BE HONORED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES BY THE ISSUING BANK,

AT THE REQUEST OF THE BENEFICIARY, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AND ONLY IN ITS ENTIRETY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

G-2


AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION (IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “B” ATTACHED HERETO) AND OUR TRANSFER FEE OF  1 / 4 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM $250.00). THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE-SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE EITHER IN PERSON OR BY OVERNIGHT COURIER, BY MAIL BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS (“PRESENTATION”), ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION OR BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO 10:00 A.M. CALIFORNIA TIME (“PRESENTATION”) , ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: (408) 654-6211 OR (408) 496-2418 AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7127), ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION.

IN CASE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS PRESENTED BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION, PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH DEMAND FOR PAYMENT IS NOT REQUIRED.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN AND/OR DOCUMENTS PRESENTED UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK, IF PRESENTED ON OR BEFORE THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

PAYMENT AGAINST CONFORMING PRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER PRESENTED PRIOR TO 10:00 A.M. CALIFORNIA TIME SHALL BE MADE BY BANK DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS OF THE BANK’S OFFICE WITHIN TWO (2) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER PRESENTATION.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICE ISP98, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,    

 

   

 

(FOR BANK USE ONLY)     (FOR BANK USE ONLY)

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

G-3


EXHIBIT “A”

SIGHT DRAFT/BILL OF EXCHANGE

 

DATE:                

 

REF. NO.             

A T SIGHT OF THIS BILL OF EXCHANGE

P AY TO THE ORDER OF                                              

 US$                                  

        U.S.DOLLARS

“DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK , SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO. SVBSF             DATED             , 20    ”

 

T O:    SILICON VALLEY BANK     
    

 

    
  

        3003 TASMAN DRIVE

        SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

   [INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY]
     

 

     

Authorized Signature

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE:

 

1. DATE             INSERT ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE.

 

2. REF. NO.     INSERT YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF:     INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY

 

4. US$             INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN NUMERALS/FIGURES.

 

5. U.S. DOLLARS             INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER INSERT THE LAST DIGITS OF OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED             INSERT THE ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

NOTE: BENEFICIARY SHOULD ENDORSE THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE AS YOU WOULD A CHECK (THIS MAY BE DONE VIA FACSIMILE AS PERMITTED BY THE STANDBY L/C).

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AND ASK FOR: JOHN DOSSANTOS AT (408) 654-6274 OR ENRICO NICOLAS AT (408) 654-7127 OR EVELIO BARAIRO AT (408) 654-3035 .

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

G-80


EXHIBIT “B”

DATE:

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK    
  3003 TASMAN DRIVE   RE:   IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
  SANTA CLARA, CA 95054     NO.                                                      ISSUED BY
  ATTN:   INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.     SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA
    STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT     L/C AMOUNT:

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

(ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

SINCERELY,     SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED
 

 

    The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument. We further confirm that the company has been identified applying the appropriate due diligence and enhanced due diligence as required by BSA and all its subsequent amendments.
(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)    

 

   
(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)    

 

   
(NAME AND TITLE)    
   

 

    (Name of Bank)
   

 

    (Address of Bank)
   

 

    (City, State, ZIP Code)
   

 

    (Authorized Name and Title)
   

 

    (Authorized Signature)
   

 

   

(Telephone number)

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

G-1


EXHIBIT “H”

THE WATER GARDEN

“AVAILABLE SPACE” EXCLUSIONS

AS OF THE LEASE DATE

LOGO

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

H-1


EXHIBIT “I”

THE WATER GARDEN

FORM OF ROOFTOP AREA LICENSE AGREEMENT (ANTENNA)

This ROOFTOP AREA LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of             , 20     by and between WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

This Agreement is made with regard to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of November     , 2011 (the “ Lease ”), for Premises in an office complex located in Santa Monica, California, commonly known as Phase II of The Water Garden. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

B. In connection with the Lease, Tenant desires to use an area located on the roof of the Building for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, repairing, replacing (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement) and maintaining one satellite/telecommunications dish up to twenty-four (24) inches in diameter (or the diameter of a standard DirectTV dish) as described in Schedule 1 attached hereto (the “ Antenna ”). Landlord has agreed to permit Tenant to use those areas and to construct, install, operate, repair, replace, and maintain the Antenna at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. License of Rooftop Area.

1.1 Designation . Landlord has designated an area on the roof of the Building as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “ Rooftop Area ”) that Tenant may use for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, repairing, replacing (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement), and maintaining the Antenna.

1.2 Notice of Exercise . Tenant may exercise its right to use the Rooftop Area upon five (5) business days’ prior written notice delivered to Landlord (the “ Notice of Exercise ”). The terms of this Agreement shall be effective upon the date of this Agreement and shall continue in effect until the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement as set forth in Section 1.3 .

1.3 License to use the Rooftop Area; Term; Exclusive Use . Five (5) business days following the delivery of the Notice of Exercise, Tenant’s license to use the Rooftop Area to construct, install, operate, repair, replace (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement) and maintain the Antenna shall commence and shall continue until the earlier of (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the initial term of the Lease, (ii) any termination of this Agreement required by law, governmental authority or quasi-governmental authority, or (iii) the effective date set forth in a written notice from Tenant to Landlord electing to terminate this Agreement (which such effective date must be at least thirty (30) days after the date of such written notice). Subject to the rights of Landlord to maintain, operate and repair the Building, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the Rooftop Area. Landlord shall have the right to use, and to grant to third parties the right to use, the Building riser system, and portions of the roof of the Building, other than the Rooftop Area.

1.4 Access to Antenna . During the term of this Agreement, Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors, will have the right of access to the Antenna and the Rooftop Area, upon at least one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord. In the event of an emergency, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such emergency and, thereafter, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to respond to the access needs of Tenant.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

I-1


1.5 Ownership and Removal of Antenna . The Antenna shall at all times remain the property of Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to remove the Antenna, or any part thereof, at any reasonable time upon at least three (3) days’ prior written notice to Landlord; provided that in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allow Tenant to remove such Antenna upon less notice. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant will remove, at its own cost and expense, the Antenna and all related facilities on the Rooftop Area (specifically including, but not limited to, any fencing and barriers securing the Antenna, and any connections installed by or on behalf of Tenant), and return the Rooftop Area to its condition existing prior to Tenant’s installation of the Antenna (except for normal wear and tear). If Tenant fails to complete such removal or fails to repair any damage caused by such removal, Landlord may complete such removal and repair such damage and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amounts shall be immediately payable by Tenant.

1.6 Leaks . Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, Tenant hereby agrees that it shall be solely responsible for, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord and the “ Landlord Parties ” (as that term is defined in Article 10 of the Lease) harmless from, any leaks which occur in the roof or roof membrane at or adjacent to the Rooftop Area caused by the installation, maintenance or removal of the Antenna by Tenant.

2. Rent . From and after the date of the Notice of Exercise through the initial Lease Term under the Lease or the earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant shall pay for the use of the Rooftop Area a base rent of $500 per month, in advance in immediately available funds. In addition to the base rent, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all actual out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord solely for Tenant’s use of Building utilities in connection with the Antenna, including, without limitation, the cost of any electricity, water, gas, or other utilities or services to the Rooftop Area and any new metering that may be necessary to account therefor. In conjunction therewith, Tenant will be billed monthly for electricity consumption in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Lease. In addition, Tenant shall directly pay for all costs in connection with the construction, installation, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and insurance of the Antenna.

3. Installation, Maintenance and Operation of Antenna .

3.1 Approvals and Permits . During the term of this Agreement and subject to the terms of Section 3.2 , below, Tenant may install and operate the Antenna (and install all equipment ancillary to and necessary for the operation of the Antenna) in the Rooftop Area, in the location as indicated on Schedule 1 for the Antenna, provided that: (a) Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, of the plans and specifications for the Antenna and all working drawings for the installation of the Antenna, (b) Tenant has obtained all required permits and governmental or quasi-governmental approvals (including satisfying any applicable Federal Communications Commission and Federal Aviation Administration requirements) to install and operate the Antenna, and (c) Tenant complies with all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental laws, regulations and building codes in connection with the Rooftop Area and the Antenna. Landlord shall have the right to condition its approval of the Antenna proposed to be installed by Tenant on Tenant, among other things, erecting fencing or other barriers to secure such device. With regard to Tenant obtaining all required permits and approvals set forth in Section 3.1(b) above, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate, at Tenant’s sole cost, with Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any such approvals. Once Landlord has given its requisite approval, Tenant may not materially alter or modify the working drawings, or the actual installation of the Antenna without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

3.2 Compatibility with Building Systems and Operations . The Antenna shall be compatible with the Building systems and equipment and the antennae and other telecommunications devices of Landlord and other tenants located in the Project, and shall not impair window washing or the use of chiller units, the cooling tower, the emergency generator, elevators, machine rooms, helipads, ventilation shafts, if any, or any other parts of the Building. If the installation, maintenance, repair, operation or removal of the Antenna requires any changes or modifications to any structural systems or components of the Building or any of the

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

I-2


Building’s systems or equipment, Landlord shall have the right to either (i) perform such changes or modifications and Tenant shall pay for the actual costs thereof upon demand or (ii) require Tenant to perform such changes or modifications at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If required by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, or any governmental agency or authority, Tenant shall fully secure the Rooftop Area with suitable fencing or other required enclosures (including enclosures that shield the visibility of the Rooftop without impairing their operation and maintenance), subject to the terms of Section 3.1 , above. Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in connection with any work performed by Tenant or its agents or contractors in connection with this Agreement. The terms and conditions of Articles 8 and 9 of the Lease shall specifically be applicable in connection with any work performed by Tenant or its agents or contractors in connection with the Antenna or this Agreement.

4. Use of Rooftop Area . Tenant shall have the right to use the Building electricity located on the roof of the Building for the operation of the Antenna and ancillary equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant will not store any materials in the Rooftop Area. Tenant will use the Rooftop Area solely for the Antenna and ancillary equipment and to run all necessary cabling and wires to the Antenna (through conduits or in areas designated by Landlord).and not for any other purpose. Landlord and its agents may enter and inspect the Rooftop Area at any time upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant. Concurrently with Tenant’s installation of any locks for the Rooftop Area, Tenant will deliver to Landlord a key for any such lock. Tenant will not interfere with the mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or plumbing systems of the Building or the operation, reception, or transmission of any other satellite, microwave, or other broadcasting or receiving devices that are, or will be, located on the roof of, or in, the Building.

5. Indemnification and Insurance . Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it shall use the Rooftop Area at its sole risk, and Tenant absolves and fully releases Landlord and Landlord Parties, from (i) any and all cost, loss, damage, expense, liability, and cause of action, whether foreseeable or not, arising from any cause, that Tenant may suffer to its personal property located in the Rooftop Area, or (ii) that Tenant or Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, or independent contractors Landlord or the Landlord Parties may suffer as a direct or indirect consequence of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Area, the Antenna or access areas to the Rooftop Area, or (iii) any other cost, loss, damage, expense, liability, or cause of action arising from or related to this Agreement, excluding that caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties or Landlord’s default under the Lease. In addition, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage, liability, expense, claim, action or cause of action of any third party (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, and, if Landlord requires the removal of the Antenna at the end of the term of this Agreement, any leaks in the roof or roof membrane following Tenant’s removal of the Antenna and any other rooftop equipment), whether foreseeable or not, resulting as a direct or indirect consequence of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Area, the Antenna or access areas to the Rooftop Area, except when such cost, loss, damage, expense, or liability is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s default under the Lease. In addition, Tenant will procure and maintain, at Tenant’s sole expense, insurance in connection with the Rooftop Area, the Antenna and the obligations assumed by Tenant under this Agreement, in the same amounts and with the same types of coverage as required to be procured by Tenant under the Lease.

6. Defaults . If Tenant fails to cure the breach of any of the covenants set forth in this Agreement within ten (10) business days following notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Tenant. In addition, at the option of Landlord, breach of any of the covenants under this Agreement by Tenant beyond the above-referenced notice and cure period will also constitute a Default by Tenant under the Lease, and a Default by Tenant under the Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) will also constitute a Default by Tenant under this Agreement (in which event Landlord may terminate this Agreement upon notice to Tenant).

7. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement by Tenant or Landlord will be given under the terms of Section 29.13 of the Lease.

8. Incorporation of Lease Provisions . All applicable provisions of the Lease apply to Tenant’s payment of amounts pursuant to this Agreement, and the use of the Rooftop Area in

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

I-3


the same manner as those provisions apply to the Premises and are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference as though fully set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any conflicts between the provisions of this Agreement and the Lease, in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement only, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

9. No Warranty . Landlord has made no warranty or representation that the Antenna is permitted by law and Tenant assumes all liability and risk in obtaining all permits and approvals necessary for the installation and use of the Antenna. Landlord does not warrant or guaranty that Tenant will receive unobstructed transmission or reception to or from the Antenna and Tenant assumes the liability for the transmission and reception to and from the Antenna.

10. Assignment . Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and Tenant’s rights contained herein, may not be transferred or assigned to any other person or entity, and no person or entity other than Tenant and its employees shall be entitled to use the Antenna or the Rooftop Area; provided however, the rights hereunder may be transferred or assigned to a Related Transferee or any other permitted Transferee under Article 14 of the Lease in conjunction with an assignment or sublease of all of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the term of the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Commingled Pension Trust Fund (Strategic
 

Property) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

a Member

  By:  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

    By:  

 

     

Karen Wilbrecht

Executive Director

  Date Signed:                                                                                           
“Tenant”:

CORNERSTONE ON DEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Its:  

 

Date Signed:  

 

 

 

By:  

 

Its:  

 

Date Signed:  

 

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

I-4


SCHEDULE 1

ANTENNAE

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

Schedule 1-1


EXHIBIT “A”

ROOFTOP AREA


EXHIBIT “J”

THE WATER GARDEN

FORM OF ROOFTOP AREA LICENSE AGREEMENT

(SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC EQUIPMENT)

This ROOFTOP AREA LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of             , 20    by and between WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

This Agreement is made with regard to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of November             , 2011 (the “ Lease ”), for Premises in an office complex located in Santa Monica, California, commonly known as Phase II of The Water Garden. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

B. In connection with the Lease, Tenant desires to use an area located on the roof of the Building for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, repairing, replacing (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement) and maintaining condensing units, the exhaust fans and all the horizontal/vertical riser pipes and conduits connecting the condensing units and exhaust fans to the Premises, as depicted on Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “ Equipment ”). Landlord has agreed to permit Tenant to use those areas and to construct, install, operate, repair, replace, and maintain the Equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. License of Rooftop Area.

1.1 Designation . Landlord has designated an area on the roof of the Building as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “ Rooftop Area ”) that Tenant may use for the purpose of constructing, installing, operating, repairing, replacing (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement), and maintaining the Equipment.

1.2 Notice of Exercise . Tenant may exercise its right to use the Rooftop Area upon five (5) business days’ prior written notice delivered to Landlord (the “ Notice of Exercise ”). The terms of this Agreement shall be effective upon the date of this Agreement and shall continue in effect until the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement as set forth in Section 1.3 .

1.3 License to use the Rooftop Area; Term; Exclusive Use . Five (5) business days following the delivery of the Notice of Exercise, Tenant’s license to use the Rooftop Area to construct, install, operate, repair, replace (subject to Section 3 of this Agreement) and maintain the Equipment shall commence and shall continue until the earlier of (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the initial term of the Lease, (ii) any termination of this Agreement required by law, governmental authority or quasi-governmental authority, or (iii) the effective date set forth in a written notice from Tenant to Landlord electing to terminate this Agreement (which such effective date must be at least thirty (30) days after the date of such written notice). Subject to the rights of Landlord to maintain, operate and repair the Building, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the Rooftop Area. Landlord shall have the right to use, and to grant to third parties the right to use, the Building riser system, and portions of the roof of the Building, other than the Rooftop Area.

1.4 Access to Equipment . During the term of this Agreement, Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors, will have the right of access to the Equipment and the Rooftop Area, upon at least one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord. In the event of an emergency, Tenant shall notify Landlord of such emergency and, thereafter, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to respond to the access needs of Tenant.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-1


1.5 Ownership and Removal of Equipment . The Equipment shall at all times remain the property of Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to remove the Equipment, or any part thereof, at any reasonable time upon at least three (3) days’ prior written notice to Landlord; provided that in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allow Tenant to remove such Equipment upon less notice. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant will remove, at its own cost and expense, the Equipment and all related facilities on the Rooftop Area (specifically including, but not limited to, any fencing and barriers securing the Equipment, and any connections installed by or on behalf of Tenant), and return the Rooftop Area to its condition existing prior to Tenant’s installation of the Equipment (except for normal wear and tear). If Tenant fails to complete such removal or fails to repair any damage caused by such removal, Landlord may complete such removal and repair such damage and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amounts shall be immediately payable by Tenant.

1.6 Leaks . Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, Tenant hereby agrees that it shall be solely responsible for, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord and the “ Landlord Parties ” (as that term is defined in Article 10 of the Lease) harmless from, any leaks which occur in the roof or roof membrane at or adjacent to the Rooftop Area caused by the installation, maintenance or removal of the Equipment by Tenant.

2. Rent . From and after the date of the Notice of Exercise through the initial Lease Term under the Lease or the earlier termination of this Agreement, Tenant shall pay for the use of the Rooftop Area a base rent (the “ Base Rent ”) of $500 per month in advance in immediately available funds. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all actual out of pocket costs incurred by Landlord solely for Tenant’s use of Building utilities in connection with the Equipment, including, without limitation, the cost of any electricity, water, gas, or other utilities or services to the Rooftop Area and any new metering that may be necessary to account therefor. In conjunction therewith, Tenant will be billed monthly for electricity consumption in accordance with the Lease. In addition, Tenant shall directly pay for all costs in connection with the construction, installation, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and insurance of the Equipment.

3. Installation, Maintenance and Operation of Equipment .

3.1 Approvals and Permits . During the term of this Agreement and subject to the terms of Section 3.2 , below, Tenant may install and operate the Equipment (and install all equipment ancillary to and necessary for the operation of the Equipment) in the Rooftop Area, in the location as indicated on Schedule 1 for the Equipment, provided that: (a) Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, of the plans and specifications for the Equipment and all working drawings for the installation of the Equipment, (b) Tenant has obtained all required permits and governmental or quasi-governmental approvals (including satisfying any applicable Federal Communications Commission and Federal Aviation Administration requirements) to install and operate the Equipment, and (c) Tenant complies with all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental laws, regulations and building codes in connection with the Rooftop Area and the Equipment. Landlord shall have the right to condition its approval of the Equipment proposed to be installed by Tenant on Tenant, among other things, erecting fencing or other barriers to secure such device. With regard to Tenant obtaining all required permits and approvals set forth in Section 3.1(b) above, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate, at Tenant’s sole cost, with Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for any such approvals. Once Landlord has given its requisite approval, Tenant may not materially alter or modify the working drawings, or the actual installation of the Equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

3.2 Compatibility with Building Systems and Operations . The Equipment shall be compatible with the Building systems and equipment and the antennae and other telecommunications devices of Landlord and other tenants located in the Project, and shall not impair window washing or the use of chiller units, the cooling tower, the emergency generator, elevators, machine rooms, helipads, ventilation shafts, if any, or any other parts of the Building. If the installation, maintenance, repair, operation or removal of the Equipment requires any changes or modifications to any structural systems or components of the Building or any of the Building’s systems or equipment, Landlord shall have the right to either (i) perform such changes or modifications and Tenant shall pay for the actual costs thereof upon demand or (ii) require Tenant to perform such changes or modifications at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If required by Landlord,

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-2


in its reasonable discretion, or any governmental agency or authority, Tenant shall fully secure the Rooftop Area with suitable fencing or other required enclosures (including enclosures that shield the visibility of the Rooftop without impairing their operation and maintenance), subject to the terms of Section 3.1 , above. Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in connection with any work performed by Tenant or its agents or contractors in connection with this Agreement. The terms and conditions of Articles 8 and 9 of the Lease shall specifically be applicable in connection with any work performed by Tenant or its agents or contractors in connection with the Equipment or this Agreement.

4. Use of Rooftop Area . Tenant shall have the right to use the Building electricity located on the roof of the Building for the operation of the Equipment and ancillary equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant will not store any materials in the Rooftop Area. Tenant will use the Rooftop Area solely for the Equipment and ancillary equipment and to run all necessary cabling and wires to the Equipment (through conduits or in areas designated by Landlord) and not for any other purpose. Landlord and its agents may enter and inspect the Rooftop Area at any time upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant. Concurrently with Tenant’s installation of any locks for the Rooftop Area, Tenant will deliver to Landlord a key for any such lock. Tenant will not interfere with the mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, or plumbing systems of the Building or the operation, reception, or transmission of any other satellite, microwave, or other broadcasting or receiving devices that are, or will be, located on the roof of, or in, the Building.

5. Indemnification and Insurance . Tenant agrees and acknowledges that it shall use the Rooftop Area at its sole risk, and Tenant absolves and fully releases Landlord and Landlord Parties, from (i) any and all cost, loss, damage, expense, liability, and cause of action, whether foreseeable or not, arising from any cause, that Tenant may suffer to its personal property located in the Rooftop Area, or (ii) that Tenant or Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, or independent contractors Landlord or the Landlord Parties may suffer as a direct or indirect consequence of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Area, the Equipment or access areas to the Rooftop Area, or (iii) any other cost, loss, damage, expense, liability, or cause of action arising from or related to this Agreement, excluding that caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties or Landlord’s default under the Lease. In addition, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage, liability, expense, claim, action or cause of action of any third party (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, and, if Landlord requires the removal of the Equipment at the end of the term of this Agreement, any leaks in the roof or roof membrane following Tenant’s removal of the Equipment and any other rooftop equipment), whether foreseeable or not, resulting as a direct or indirect consequence of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Area, the Equipment or access areas to the Rooftop Area, except when such cost, loss, damage, expense, or liability is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s default under the Lease. In addition, Tenant will procure and maintain, at Tenant’s sole expense, insurance in connection with the Rooftop Area, the Equipment and the obligations assumed by Tenant under this Agreement, in the same amounts and with the same types of coverage as required to be procured by Tenant under the Lease.

6. Defaults . If Tenant fails to cure the breach of any of the covenants set forth in this Agreement within ten (10) business days following notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Tenant. In addition, at the option of Landlord, breach of any of the covenants under this Agreement by Tenant beyond the above-referenced notice and cure period will also constitute a Default by Tenant under the Lease, and a Default by Tenant under the Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) will also constitute a Default by Tenant under this Agreement (in which event Landlord may terminate this Agreement upon notice to Tenant).

7. Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement by Tenant or Landlord will be given under the terms of Section 29.13 of the Lease.

8. Incorporation of Lease Provisions . All applicable provisions of the Lease apply to Tenant’s payment of amounts pursuant to this Agreement, and the use of the Rooftop Area in the same manner as those provisions apply to the Premises and are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference as though fully set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any conflicts between the provisions of this Agreement and the Lease, in connection with the interpretation of this Agreement only, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-3


9. No Warranty . Landlord has made no warranty or representation that the Equipment is permitted by law and Tenant assumes all liability and risk in obtaining all permits and approvals necessary for the installation and use of the Equipment. Landlord does not warrant or guaranty that Tenant will receive unobstructed transmission or reception to or from the Equipment and Tenant assumes the liability for the transmission and reception to and from the Equipment.

10. Assignment . Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and Tenant’s rights contained herein, may not be transferred or assigned to any other person or entity, and no person or entity other than Tenant and its employees shall be entitled to use the Equipment or the Rooftop Area; provided however, the rights hereunder may be transferred or assigned to a Related Transferee or any other permitted Transferee under Article 14 of the Lease in conjunction with an assignment or sublease of all of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the term of the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

“Landlord”:
WATER GARDEN REALTY HOLDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Commingled Pension Trust Fund (Strategic Property) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a Member
  By:  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Trustee

    By:  

 

      Karen Wilbrecht
      Executive Director

 

“Tenant”:

CORNERSTONE ON DEMAND, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:  

 

Date Signed:

 

 

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-4


SCHEDULE 1

EQUIPMENT

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-5


EXHIBIT “A”

ROOFTOP AREA

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

J-6


EXHIBIT “K”

THE WATER GARDEN

MONUMENT SIGNAGE

LOGO

 

THE WATER GARDEN

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

K-1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

SUBSIDIARIES:

CyberU, Inc. (Delaware)

Cornerstone OnDemand Global Operations, Inc. (Delaware)

Cornerstone OnDemand Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)

Cornerstone OnDemand Limited (United Kingdom)

Cornerstone OnDemand Services India Private Limited (India)

Cornerstone OnDemand Spain SL (Spain)

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-173754) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. of our report dated March 6, 2012 relating to the financial statements which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 6, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302(a)

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Adam L. Miller, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Adam L. Miller

Adam L. Miller
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: March 6, 2012

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302(a)

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Perry A. Wallack, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Perry A. Wallack

Perry A. Wallack
Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 6, 2012

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Adam L. Miller, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

/s/ Adam L. Miller

Adam L. Miller
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: March 6, 2012

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Perry A. Wallack, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

 

/s/ Perry A. Wallack

Perry A. Wallack
Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 6, 2012